K.S.

Rangasamy College of Technology

(Autonomous)

Curriculum & Syllabus

of
B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
(For the batch admitted in 2021 – 2025)

R2018

Courses Accredited by NBA, Accredited by NAAC with A++,

Approved by AICTE, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai.

KSR Kalvi Nagar, Tiruchengode-637215.

Namakkal District, Tamil Nadu, India.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

K.S.RANGASAMY COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY, TIRUCHENGODE – 637 215

VISION

• To become a leader in providing education and training in the field of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering to the aspiring graduates to be competent in their profession.

MISSION

• To enable graduates to acquire knowledge and skills necessary for employment and continued
advancement in the field of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
• To engage in applied research in emerging technologies and provide professional services

K.S.RANGASAMY COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY, TIRUCHENGODE – 637 215

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

REGULATIONS – 2018

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

I. Our graduates are professionally competent and apply the concepts of mathematics, science
and engineering to solve problems in Electrical and Electronics Engineering and related fields.

II. Our graduates stay relevant in their chosen profession through lifelong learning and
demonstrate social and ethical responsibility.

III. Our graduates perform both independently and as a member of a team in executing projects.

1. PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.

PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3: Design /development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.

PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Conduct investigations of complex problems:

Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.

PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 with an understanding of the limitations.

PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to
the professional engineering practice

PO7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need
for sustainable development.

PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.

PO9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in
diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.

PO11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

2. PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

Model and analyse electrical system using modern tools and improvement considering safety
PSO1:
standards.

PSO2: Design and develop smart systems in Electrical and Electronics Engineering domain.

3. MAPPING OF PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) WITH

PROGRAMMEOUTCOMES (POs)

The B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering Programme outcomes leading to the achievement of the
objectives are summarized in the following Table.
Programme Programme Outcomes
Educational
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Objectives

PEO 1 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 - 1 2 3 2
PEO 2 1 - 2 - 3 3 2 3 1 - 1 3
PEO 3 - 3 3 2 3 2 - 2 3 3 3 -
Contributions: 1- Low, 2- Medium, 3- High

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 MAPPING – ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (UG)

Semester – I

Course POs PSOs

Code Course Name
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
Communication
50 EN 001 2 2 2.8 3 2 2.8 2.4 2
Skills I
Calculus and
50 MA 001 Differential 3 3 2.8 2.4 2.4 2 3
Equations
Physics for
50 PH 002 Electrical 3 2.8 2.8 3 2.4 2 3 2.4
3
Sciences
Basic Electrical
50 EE 001 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.2 2 3 2.2
Engineering
Engineering
50 ME 002 3 2.6 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 1.4 1.4 1 3
Graphics
Constitution of
50 MY 001 2 2 1 2
India
Applied Physics
50 PH 0P2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2.4 1.4 2
Laboratory
Engineering
50 ME 0P1 Practices 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 3 1
Laboratory
Semester – II
Communication
50 EN 002 2 2 3 3 2 3 2.4 2.6
Skills II
Laplace
Transform and
50 MA 002 3 3 2.4 2.2 2.8 2 3
Complex
Variables
50 CH 001 Applied Chemistry 2.4 2 2.5 2.6 2.2 1.8 2 1 1 1 2 1
Programming for
50 CS 001 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2.8
Problem Solving
Engineering
50 ME 003 3 2 2 3 2 3 1
Mechanics
Environmental
50 MY 002 2.6 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.2 2.8 3 3 2.8 2.8 2.5 2 1.7 1.7
Science
Chemistry
50 CH 0P1 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.4 1 1.5 3 1 1 2 2
Laboratory
Programming for
50 CS 0P1 Problem Solving 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2.8 1
Laboratory
Semester – III
Electrical Circuit
50 EE 301 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
Analysis
50 EE 302 Analog Electronics 3 3 2.8 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3
Electromagnetic
50 EE 303 3 3 2.4 2.4 2.2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2.3
Fields
Electrical
50 EE 304 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.5
Machines – I
50 CS 002 Data Structures 3 3 2 2.6 2 2 2 1.8 2.6 2 2 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
50 MY 004 Universal Human
3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - -
Value
Analog Electronics
50 EE 3P1 3 2 2.8 3 2.8 2 2 2 2 2.8 2 2.8 3
Laboratory
Data Structures
50 CS 0P2 3 3 2 2.7 2 2 2 3 2.6 2 2 3 3
Laboratory
Career
50 TP 0P1 Competency 2 2 3 3 2 3 2
Development I
Semester – IV
50 EE 401 Digital Electronics 2.6 3 2.5 2.3 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.5 2.7 3 2.2 2.7 2.2
Electrical
50 EE 402 3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.6 2.4 1.6 2.4 3 2.2
Machines - II
Measurements
50 EE 403 and 3 2.4 2.6 2 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.6 2
Instrumentation
Statistics and
50 MA 009 Numerical 3 3 3 2.6 2.4 2 3
Methods
Object Oriented
50 CS 003 3 2 2.8 3 3 3 2 2 2.8
Programming
Start-ups and
50 MY 014 2.8 2.6 3 2.4 2.2 2.5 1.6 1.7 1.3 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 1
Entrepreneurship
Electrical
50 EE 4P1 Machines 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2.6
Laboratory
Object Oriented
50 CS 0P3 Programming 3 2 2.8 3 3 3 2 2 2.8
Laboratory
Career
50 TP 0P2 Competency 3 2 2 2 1 2.8 3 2.3 3 2 2
Development II
Semester – V
Generation,
50 EE 501 Transmission and 3 2.8 2.8 2.8 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Distribution
51 EE 502 Control Systems 3 3 2.8 2.6 2 2.3 2 2 1.8 2 2.5 2 3 3
50 EE 503 Power Electronics 3 2.8 2.8 2.8 3 1.8 1.5 2 2.25 2.4 2.6 2.2 2.8 2.8
Total Quality
50 HS 003 2.8 1.8 2.8 1.6 1.2 2.6 2 1.2 2.2 1.6 2.6 1.4 2.2 2.2
Management
National Cadet
50 GE 001 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - -
Corps
Control &
50 EE 5P1 Instrumentation 3 2.8 2.6 3 3 3 3 2
Laboratory
Power Electronics
50 EE 5P2 2.8 3 2.8 3 3 2 1 1 1.6 3 2 2.2 3 3
Laboratory
Career
Competency 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 2.8 2.5 3 2.5 2
50 TP 0P3 Development III
Semester – VI
Power System
51 EE 601 Analysis and
Stability 3 3 3 3 3 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Microprocessors
50 EE 602 and 3 3 2.8 2 3 3 2.6
Microcontrollers
Electrical Drives
50 EE 603 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2.6 2 3
and Control
Digital Signal
51 EE 604 3 3 2.8 2.8 2 2.7 2 2 2.2 2 3 2.8
Processing
Microprocessor
and
50 EE 6P1 3 2.6 2.8 2.5 3 2.8 2.8
Microcontroller
Laboratory
Electrical Drives
51 EE 6P2 and Control 2.8 2.8 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Laboratory
Career
Competency
1.8 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.4 1.6 1.2 1.2 2 3 2.4 3 2 1.8
50TP0P4 Development IV

Semester – VII
Power System
50 EE 701 Operation and 3 3 3 3 3 2 1.8 2.2 2 1.8 1.2 3 2
Control
2. 2.
50 EE 702 e – Vehicles 3 3 2.8 3 2.2 3 2 2.8 3 2.8
8 2
Embedded
50 EE 703 2.6 2.2 2.4 2.2 2.8 2 2 3 2.4 1.6 1.7 1.6 2.6 2.2
Systems
Power system
50 EE 7P1 simulation 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2
laboratory
Project Work
50 EE 7P2 2.3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 2.7
Phase – I
Career
Competency 3 2.3 2 2.3 2.5 1.5 1 2 1 3 2 1
50 TP 0P5 Development V
50 AC 001 Audit Course I 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2 1
Semester – VIII
Project Work
50 EE 8P1 2.2 2.3 1.6 2 2 2 2 2 1.4 2 2
Phase - II
50AC 002 Audit Course II 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
Elective – I
Biomedical
50 EE E11 3 2.2 2 2 2.8 3 2 2 2 2 2.6 3 3
Instrumentation
Batteries and Fuel
Cell for
50 EE E25 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.2 2.5 2.6 2.7 2 2 1.7 2.5 2.5
Commercial
Applications
Renewable
50 EE E13 3 2.6 2.6 2.2 3 2.4 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
Energy Sources
Micro Electro
50 EE E33 Mechanical 3 2.25 2.2 2.2 3 2.2 1 2.2 2 2 2 2
Systems
Transform and
50 MA E01 Partial Differential 3 3 3 2.6 2.6 2 3
Equations

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Elective – II
Virtual
51 EE E21 Instrumentation 3 3 2.6 2.6 3 2 2 2 2.6 2 2.6 2.7 3 2.4
Systems
Neural Networks
51 EE E31 and Fuzzy Systems 3 2.8 2.8 2.4 2.6 2.2 2 2 2 2 2 2.6
Electrical Machine
50 EE E32 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.3 3 2
Design
Advanced Control
50 EE E24 3 3 3 2.8 2.4 2 2 2 2.2 2 2.7 2.8 3 3
Theory
Digital Power
50 EE E12 3 3 2 2 2.4 2.8 2.4 2 2 2 2 1.8
System Protection
Elective – III
50 EE E22 PLC and SCADA 2.2 2 2.6 1.7 3 1 1.7 1 1.8 3 3 3
50 EE E14 VLSI Design 3 2.2 2.8 2 2.4 2.3 2.2 3 2 2.5 1.8 2.3 2 2
Digital Image
50 EE E34 2.6 2.8 2 2 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2
Processing
Digital Control
50 EE E35 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
Systems
Power System
50 EE E36 3 3 3 3 2.4 1.2 2 2 2 0.4 2.4 3
Deregulation
Elective – IV
High Voltage
50 EE E41 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.7 2 2
Engineering
50 EE E42 Power Quality 2.4 2.8 2 2 2.3 2 2 1.7 2.6 2.4
Flexible AC
50 EE E43 Transmission 3 2.4 2.4 2.2 2.6 1.4 2.6 3 2 3 2.8
Systems
Switched Mode
50 EE E44 3 3 2.8 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2.6 2.6 3
Power Conversion
Electrical Energy
Utilization,
50 EE E45 2.8 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.8 2.2 3 2 2 3 2.8 2.6
Conservation and
Auditing
Elective – V
Special Electrical
50 EE E51 3 2 2.8 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
Machines
50 EE E52 Smart Grid 2.8 2.2 2.8 2.6 3 2 2 1 2.4 2.4 2 2 2.2 1.8
Wind and Solar
50 EE E53 3 2 2.3 2.4 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2.3
Energy Systems
Industrial
51 EE E54 2.4 2.5 2.8 2.3 2.5 2.3 2.4 2 2.6 2 2 2 2.4 1.8
Electrical Systems
Power Plant
51 EE E55 3 2 2.3 1.6 3 2.2 2.5 2 2 2 3 2.2 3 3
Instrumentation

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.RANGASAMY COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY, TIRUCHENGODE – 637 215
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
REGULATIOS – 2018
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
B.E. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
CURRICULA AND SYLLABI FOR I TO VIII SEMESTERS

SEMESTER I
Periods per Total
Course
S.No. Course Title Category Week Contact Credits
Code Period
L T P
THEORY
1. 50 EN 001 Communication Skills I HS 1 1 0 2 2

2. 50 MA 001 Calculus and Differential Equations BS 3 1 0 4 4

3. 50 PH 002 Physics for Electrical Sciences BS 3 0 0 3 3

4. 50 EE 001 Basic Electrical Engineering ES 3 0 0 3 3

5. 50 ME 002 Engineering Graphics ES 2 0 4 6 4

6. 50 MY 001 Constitution of India MC 2 0 0 2 0
PRACTICALS
7. 50 PH 0P2 Applied Physics Laboratory BS 0 0 4 4 2

8. 50 ME 0P1 Engineering Practices Laboratory ES 0 0 4 4 2

Total 14 2 12 28 20

SEMESTER II
Periods per Total
Course Week
S.No. Course Title Category Contact Credits
Code Period
L T P
THEORY
1. 50 EN 002 Communication Skills II HS 1 1 0 2 2
Laplace Transform and Complex
2. 50 MA 002 BS 3 1 0 4 4
Variables

3. 50 CH 001 Applied Chemistry BS 3 0 0 3 3

4. 50 CS 001 Programming for Problem Solving ES 3 0 0 3 3

5. 50 ME 003 Engineering Mechanics ES 3 1 0 4 4

6. 50 MY 002 Environmental Science MC 2 0 0 2 0

PRACTICALS
7. 50 CH 0P1 Chemistry Laboratory BS 0 0 4 4 2
Programming for Problem Solving
8. 50 CS 0P1 ES 0 0 4 4 2
Laboratory
Total 15 3 8 26 20

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 SEMESTER III

Periods per Total

Course
S.No. Course Title Category Week Contact Credits
Code Period
L T P
THEORY
1. 50 EE 301 Electrical Circuit Analysis PC 3 1 2 6 5

2. 50 EE 302 Analog Electronics PC 3 0 0 3 3

3. 50 EE 303 Electromagnetic Fields PC 3 1 0 4 4

4. 50 EE 304 Electrical Machines – I PC 3 1 0 4 4

5. 50 CS 002 Data Structures ES 3 0 0 3 3

6. 50 MY 004* Universal Human Values MC 2 1 0 3 3

PRACTICALS
7. 50 EE 3P1 Analog Electronics Laboratory PC 0 0 4 4 2

8. 50 CS 0P2 Data Structures Laboratory ES 0 0 4 4 2

9. 50 TP 0P1 Career Competency Development I EEC 0 0 2 2 0

Total 17 4 12 33 23

50 MY 004*- Universal Human Value is mandatory subject, extra credits offered.

SEMESTER IV

Periods per Total

Course
S.No. Course Title Category Week Contact Credits
Code Period
L T P
THEORY
1. 50 EE 401 Digital Electronics PC 3 0 0 3 3

2. 50 EE 402 Electrical Machines – II PC 3 1 0 4 4

3. 50 EE 403 Measurements and Instrumentation PC 3 0 0 3 3

4. 50 MA 009 Statistics and Numerical Methods BS 3 1 0 4 4

5. 50 CS 003 Object Oriented Programming ES 3 0 0 3 3

6. 50 MY 014 Start-ups and Entrepreneurship MC 2 0 0 2 0

7. 50 GE 00* National Cadet Corps GE 3 0 2 5 3*

PRACTICALS
8. 50 EE 4P1 Electrical Machines Laboratory PC 0 0 4 4 2

9. 50 CS 0P4 Object Oriented Programming Laboratory ES 0 0 4 4 2

10. 50 TP 0P2 Career Competency Development II EEC 0 0 2 2 0

Total 17 2 10 29 21

* 50 GE 00 National Cadet Corps is optional subject, extra credits offered.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 SEMESTER V

Periods per Total

Course Week
S.No. Course Title Category Contact Credits
Code
L T P Period
THEORY
1. 50 EE 501 Generation, Transmission and Distribution PC 3 1 0 4 4
2. 51 EE 502 Control Systems PC 3 1 0 4 4
3. 50 EE 503 Power Electronics PC 3 0 0 3 3
4. 50 HS 003 Total Quality Management HS 3 0 0 3 3
5. 50 EE E1* Elective – I PE 3 0 0 3 3
6. 50 EE L1 Open Elective – I OE 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICALS
7. 50 EE 5P1 Control & Instrumentation Laboratory PC 0 0 4 4 2
8. 50 EE 5P2 Power Electronics Laboratory PC 0 0 4 4 2
9. 50 TP 0P3 Career Competency Development III EEC 0 0 2 2 0
Total 18 2 10 30 24

SEMESTER VI
Periods per Total
Course Week
S.No. Course Title Category Contact Credits
Code Period
L T P
THEORY
1. 51 EE 601 Power System Analysis and Stability PC 3 1 0 4 4

2. 50 EE 602 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers PC 3 0 0 3 3

3. 50 EE 603 Electrical Drives and Control PC 3 0 0 3 3

4. 51 EE 604 Digital Signal Processing PC 3 1 0 4 4

5. 50 EE E2* Elective – II PE 3 0 0 3 3
6. 50 EE L2 Open Elective - II OE 3 0 0 3 3

PRACTICALS
Microprocessor and Microcontroller
7. 50 EE 6P1 PC 0 0 4 4 2
Laboratory

8. 51 EE 6P2 Electrical Drives and Control Laboratory PC 0 0 4 4 2

9. 50 TP 0P4 Career Competency Development IV EEC 0 0 2 2 0

Total 18 2 10 30 24

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 SEMESTER VII

Periods per Total

Course Week
S.No. Course Title Category Contact Credits
Code Period
L T P
THEORY
1. 50 EE 701 Power System Operation and Control PC 3 1 0 4 4

2. 50 EE 702 e – Vehicles PC 3 0 0 3 3

3. 50 EE 703 Embedded Systems PC 3 0 0 3 3

4. 50 EE E3* Elective – III PE 3 0 0 3 3

5. 50 EE E4* Elective – IV PE 3 0 0 3 3

6. 50 EE L03 Open Elective – III OE 3 0 0 3 3

7. 50 AC 001 Research Skill Development – I AC 1 0 0 1 0

PRACTICALS
8. 50 EE 7P1 Power system simulation laboratory PC 0 0 4 4 2

9. 50 EE 7P2 Project Work Phase – I EEC 0 0 4 4 2

10. 50 TP 0P5 Career Competency Development V EEC 0 0 2 2 0

Total 19 1 10 30 23

SEMESTER VIII

Periods per Total

Course Week
S.No. Course Title Category Contact Credits
Code Period
L T P
THEORY
1. 50 EE E5* Elective – V PE 3 0 0 3 3

2. 50 AC 002 Research Skill Development – II AC 1 0 0 1 0

PRACTICALS
3. 50 EE 8P1 Project Work Phase – II EEC 0 0 16 16 8

Total 4 0 16 20 11

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (Hons.)

S.No. Course Code Name of the Course Category L T P C

1. 50 EE H01 CMOS VLSI Design PE 3 0 0 3

2. 50 EE H02 Electric Vehicle Architecture PE 3 0 0 3

3. 50 EE H03 Design of Motor and Power Converters for PE 3 0 0 3

Electric Vehicles

4. 50 EE H04 Design of Electric Vehicle Charging System PE 3 0 0 3

5. 50 EE H05 Embedded System Design PE 3 0 0 3

6. 50 EE H06 Embedded C Programming PE 3 0 0 3

Total 18 0 0 18

TOTAL NUMBER OF CREDITS TO BE EARNED FOR AWARD OF THE DEGREE = 166

Note: HS- Humanities and Social Sciences including Management Courses, BS- Basic Science Courses,
ES-Engineering Science Courses, PE-Professional Core Courses, PE-Professional Elective Courses, OE-
Open Elective Courses, AC – Audit Course, GC – General Elective, EEC-Employability Enhancement
Courses & MC- Mandatory Courses

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (HS)

Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 EN 001 Communication Skills I 1 1 0 2 I
2. 50 EN 002 Communication Skills II 1 1 0 2 II
3. 50 HS 003 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3 V

BASIC SCIENCE (BS)

Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 MA 001 Calculus and Differential Equations 3 1 0 4 I
2. 50 PH 002 Physics for Electrical Sciences 3 0 0 3 I
3. 50 PH 0P2 Applied Physics Laboratory 0 0 4 2 I
4. 50 MA 002 Laplace Transform and Complex Variables 3 1 0 4 II
5. 50 CH 001 Applied Chemistry 3 0 0 3 II
6. 50 CH 0P1 Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 4 2 II
7. 50 MA 009 Statistics and Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 IV

ENGINEERING SCIENCES (ES)

Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 EE 001 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 0 0 3 I
2. 50 ME 002 Engineering Graphics 2 0 4 4 I
3. 50 ME 0P1 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 4 2 I
4. 50 CS 001 Programming for Problem Solving 3 0 0 3 II
5. 50 ME 003 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 II
Programming for Problem Solving II
6. 50 CS 0P1 0 0 4 2
Laboratory
7. 50 CS 002 Data Structures 3 0 0 3 III
8. 50 CS 0P2 Data Structures Laboratory 0 0 4 2 III
9. 50 CS 003 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 0 3 IV
10. 50 CS 0P4 Object Oriented Programming Laboratory 0 0 4 2 IV

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 PROFESSIONAL CORE (PC)
Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 EE 301 Electrical Circuit Analysis 3 1 2 6 III
2. 50 EE 302 Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3 III
3. 50 EE 303 Electromagnetic Fields 3 1 0 4 III
4. 50 EE 304 Electrical Machines – I 3 1 0 4 III
5. 50 EE 3P1 Analog Electronics Laboratory 0 0 4 2 III
6. 50 EE 401 Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3 IV
7. 50 EE 402 Electrical Machines – II 3 1 0 4 IV
8. 50 EE 403 Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 IV
9. 50 EE 4P1 Electrical Machines Laboratory 0 0 4 2 IV
10. 50 EE 501 Generation, Transmission and Distribution 3 1 0 4 V
11. 51 EE 502 Control Systems 3 1 0 4 V
12. 50 EE 503 Power Electronics 3 0 0 3 V
13. 50 EE 5P1 Control and Instrumentation Laboratory 0 0 4 2 V
14. 50 EE 5P2 Power Electronics Laboratory 0 0 4 2 V
15. 51 EE 601 Power System Analysis and Stability 3 1 0 4 VI
16. 50 EE 602 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3 VI
17. 50 EE 603 Electrical Drives and Control 3 0 0 3 VI
18. 51 EE 604 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 VI
Microprocessor and Microcontroller VI
19. 50 EE 6P1 0 0 4 2
Laboratory
20. 50 EE 6P2 Electrical Drives and Control Laboratory 0 0 4 2 VI
21. 50 EE 701 Power System Operation and Control 3 1 0 4 VII
22. 50 EE 702 e-Vehicles 3 0 0 3 VII
23. 50 EE 703 Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 VII
24. 50 EE 7P1 Power system simulation laboratory 0 0 4 2 VII
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES (PE)
ELECTIVE I
Periods per
Course Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title week
Code
L T P
1. 50 EE E11 Biomedical Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 V

2. Batteries and fuel cell for commercial

50 EE E25 3 0 0 3 V
applications
3. 50 EE E13 Renewable Energy Sources 3 0 0 3 V
4. 50 EE E33 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 V
5. 50 MA E01 Transform and Partial Differential Equations 3 0 0 3 V

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 ELECTIVE II
Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 51 EE E21 Virtual Instrumentation Systems 3 0 0 3 VI
2. 51 EE E31 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems 3 0 0 3 VI
3. 50 EE E32 Electrical Machine Design 3 0 0 3 VI
4. 50 EE E24 Advanced Control Theory 3 0 0 3 VI
5. 50 EE E12 Digital Power System Protection 3 0 0 3 VI

ELECTIVE III
Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 EE E22 PLC and SCADA 3 0 0 3 VII
2. 50 EE E14 VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 VII
3. 50 EE E34 Digital Image Processing 3 0 0 3 VII
4. 50 EE E35 Digital Control Systems 3 0 0 3 VII
5. 50 EE E36 Power System Deregulation 3 0 0 3 VII

ELECTIVE IV
Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 EE E41 High Voltage Engineering 3 0 0 3 VII
2. 50 EE E42 Power Quality 3 0 0 3 VII
3. 50 EE E43 Flexible AC Transmission Systems 3 0 0 3 VII
4. 50 EE E44 Switched mode power conversion 3 0 0 3 VII
Electrical Energy Utilization, Conservation
5. 50 EE E45 3 0 0 3 VII
and Auditing

ELECTIVE V
Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 EE E51 Special Electrical Machines 2 0 2 3 VII
2. 50 EE E52 Smart Grid 2 0 2 3 VII
3. 50 EE E53 Wind and Solar Energy Systems 2 0 2 3 VII
4. 51 EE E54 Industrial Electrical Systems 2 0 2 3 VII
5. 51 EE E55 Power Plant Instrumentation 2 0 2 3 VII

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 AUDIT COURSES (AC)
S.No. Course Course Title Category Contact L T P Credits Semester
Code Periods
1. 50 AC 001 Audit Course – I AC 1 1 0 0 0 VII
2. 50 AC 002 Audit Course -II AC 1 1 0 0 0 VIII

OPEN ELECTIVES (OE)

Periods per
Course week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code
L T P
1. 50 EE L01 Energy Auditing and Conservation 3 0 0 3 ODD/EVEN
2. 50 EE L04 Electric Drives and Control 3 0 0 3 ODD/EVEN
3. 51 EE L05 Electric Vehicle 3 0 0 3 ODD/EVEN
4. 50 EE L06 Sensor Technology 3 0 0 3 ODD/EVEN
5. 50 EE L07 Industrial Automation with PLC and SCADA 3 0 0 3 ODD/EVEN

GENERAL ELECTIVE (GE)

S.No. Course Course Title Category Contact L T P Credits Semester
Code Periods
1. 50 GE 001 Air Wing GE 5 3 0 2 3 IV
2. 50 GE 002 Army Wing GE 5 3 0 2 3 IV

EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES (EEC)

Periods per
Course Contact week Credits Semester
S.No. Course Title
Code Periods
L T P
1. 50 TP 0P1 Career Competency Development I 2 2 0 0 - III
2. 50 TP 0P2 Career Competency Development II 2 2 0 0 - IV
3. 50 TP 0P3 Career Competency Development III 2 2 0 0 - V
4. 50 TP 0P4 Career Competency Development IV 2 2 0 0 - VI
5. 50 TP 0P5 Career Competency Development V 2 2 0 0 - VII
6. 50 EE7P3 Project work - Phase I 4 0 0 4 2 VII
7. 50 EE 8P1 Project work - Phase II 16 0 0 16 8 VIII
8. 50 TP 0P6 Internship 378 0 0 0 0 V/VI/VII

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 SUMMARY

Total Percentage
Credits Per Semester
S.No. Category Credits %

I II III IV V VI VII VIII

1. HS 2 2 - - 3 - - - 07 04.21

2. BS 9 9 - 4 - - - - 22 13.25

3. ES 9 9 5 5 - - - - 28 16.86

4. PC - - 18 12 15 18 9 - 72 43.37

5. PE - - - - 3 3 6 3 15 09.03

6. OE - - - - 3 3 3 - 09 05.42

7. EEC - - - - - - 2 8 10 06.02

8. MC MC I MC II MC III MC IV - - - - - -

9. AC - - - - - - AC I AC II - -

Total 20 20 23 21 24 24 23 11 166 100

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 EN 001 – Communication Skills I
Common to all Branches
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
I 1 1 0 30 2 40 60 100
• To help learners improve their vocabulary and to enable them to use words
appropriately in different academic and professional contexts
• To help learners develop strategies that could be adopted while reading texts
Course • To help learners acquire the ability to speak effectively in English in real life and
Objective(s) career related situations
• To equip students with effective speaking and listening skills in English
• To facilitate learners to enhance their writing skills with coherence and appropriate
format effectively
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Utilize digital literacy tools to develop listening skills & make use of contextual
clues to infer meanings of unfamiliar words
2. Able to select, compile & synthesize information using communication strategies
for an effective oral presentation
Course
3. Skim & Scan the textual content & infer meanings of unfamiliar words to develop
Outcomes
reading & vocabulary skills
4. Generate ideas from sources to develop coherent content and support with
relevant details in writing
5. Recognize the basic phonetic patterns of language & execute it for competent loud
reading
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may decide
the number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be asked based
on the number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
Listening
Listening to Short Audios – Watching Short Videos - answering MCQs and Vocabulary Check- Listening to Short
Comprehension Passages – Guided Listening – Listening to songs and cognizing the lyrics. [4]
Speaking
Brainstorming – Group Discussion (unstructured) – Self Introduction - Just a Minute (JaM) - Short Narratives – Cue
Cards – Picture Cards – Conversational Practices (Preliminary). [4]
Reading
Silent Reading – Scanning and Skimming - Reading short and Medium Passages – Cognition of Theme and
Inferential Meaning - Academic and Functional Vocabulary List (350 words) – Word Power Check - Loud Reading
– Modulation and Pronunciation Check. [4]
Writing
Functional Vocabulary and Word Power – Data Interpretation - Paragraph Writing – Letter Writing –Email Writing –
Conversational Fill Ups. [3]
Total Hours: 30 (L:15+T:15)
Text Book(s):
M.Ashraf Rizvi, ‘Effective Technical Communication’, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private
1.
Limited, Chennai, 2018.
Norman Lewis, ‘Word Power Made Easy - The Complete Handbook for Building a Superior Vocabulary
2.
Book’, Penguin Random House India, 2020.
Reference(s):
Paul Emmerson and Nick Hamilton, ‘Five Minute Activities for Business English’, Cambridge University
1.
Press, N.York, 2005.
Arthur Brookes and Peter Grundy, ‘Beginning to Write: Writing Activities for Elementary and Intermediate
2.
Learners’, Cambridge University Press, N.York, 2003.
Michael McCarthy and Felicity O Dell, ‘English Vocabulary in Use: Upper Intermediate’, Cambridge
3.
University Press, N.York, 2012.
4. https://learningenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/listening

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2

50 EN 001 – Communication Skills I CO3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2

CO5 2 2 3 2 2 1 1

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
50 MA 001 - Calculus and Differential Equations
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
I 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• The goal of this course is to achieve conceptual understanding and to retain the best
traditions of traditional calculus.
• The syllabus is designed to provide the basic tools of calculus mainly for the purpose of
modeling the engineering problems mathematically and obtaining solutions.
Course • Matrix Algebra is one of the powerful tools to handle practical problems arising in the field
Objective(s) of engineering.
• This course deals with topics such as single variable and multivariable calculus and plays
an important role in the understanding of science, engineering, economics and computer
science, among other disciplines.
• Development of mathematical skills to solve the differential equations.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Apply Cayley - Hamilton theorem to find inverse matrix and transformation techniques to
reduce quadratic form into canonical form.
Course
2. Determine the circle of curvature, evolute and envelope of the curves.
Outcomes
3. Analyze the Jacobian methods and the constrained maxima and minima function.
4. Solve the linear and simultaneous differential equations.
5. Evaluate definite and indefinite integrals using different techniques.
Matrices [8]
Characteristic equation - Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a real matrix - Properties of Eigen values and
Eigen vectors - Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without proof) - Orthogonal transformation of a symmetric matrix to
diagonal form - Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation - Nature of
quadratic form.
Differential Calculus [9]
Curvature - radius of curvature (Cartesian and polar co-ordinates) - Centre of curvature - Circle of curvature -
Involute and evolute- envelope.
Functions of Several Variables [9]
Partial differentiation - Homogeneous functions and Euler’s theorem - Jacobians - Taylor’s series for functions
of two variables - Maxima and minima of functions of two variables - Constrained maxima and minima:
Lagrange’s Method of Undetermined Multipliers.
Differential Equations [9]
x
Linear differential equations of second and higher order with constant co-efficient - R.H.S is e ,
x x
sin x , cos x , x n n  0 , e sinx , e cosx , ex x n , x n sin x and x n cos x - Differential equations with
variable co-efficients : Cauchy’s and Legendre’s form of linear equation - Method of variation of parameters -
Simultaneous first-order linear equations with constant co-efficients.
Integral Calculus [10]
Definite and Indefinite integrals - Substitution rule - Techniques of Integration - Integration by parts,
Trigonometric integrals, Trigonometric substitutions, Integration of rational functions by partial fraction,
Integration of irrational functions - Improper integrals.
Total Hours: 60 (L:45+T:15)
Text book(s):
B.S Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2014.
1.
Web site: https://pvpsitrealm.blogspot.com/2016/09/higher-engineering-mathematics-by-bs.html
T.Veerarajan, “Engineering Mathematics”, for Semesters I and II , Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New
2.
Delhi., 2010.
Reference(s):
Kreyszig Erwin, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 10th Edition, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Limited,
1.
New Delhi, 2016.
Dr P N Agrawal and Dr D N Pandey, “Integral Equations, calculus of variations and its applications”,
2. NPTEL online video courses.
Dr S K Gupta and Dr Sanjeev Kumar, “Matrix Analysis with Applications” and Prof Somnath Roy “Matrix
3.
Solvers”, NPTEL online video courses.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Dr P Kandasamy, DrK Thilagavathy and Dr K Gunavathy, “Engineering Mathematics-II”, S.Chand &
4.
Company Ltd, New Delhi.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 3 -

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 -

50 MA 001 - Calculus and

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 -
Differential Equations

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 -

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 -

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
50 PH 002 - Physics for Electrical Sciences
Common to ECE, EEE, EIE branches
Hours/Week Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Total
L T P C CA ES TOTAL
Hrs
I 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To enhance students knowledge of the theoretical and modern technological aspects in
wave optics
• To explain the principles of laser, types of laser and demonstrate the applications of laser
Course • To instill knowledge on physics of semiconductors, determination of charge carriers and
Objective(s) device Applications
• To enable the students in understanding the importance of quantum physics
• To study the advanced materials and nanotechnology for various engineering
applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Recognize the physical concepts and terminology used in optics.
CO2 : Demonstrate the principle of laser emission, classification and its applications.
Course CO3 : Analyze the basic ideas of semiconductors and apply the concept in devices.
Outcomes CO4 : Assess the fundamentals of quantum mechanics and apply to one dimensional motion of
Particles.
CO5 : Relate the properties of new engineering materials and nanomaterials for potential
applications.
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions
in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
WAVE OPTICS
Huygens’ Principle- Superposition of waves and interference of light by wave front splitting and amplitude
splitting: Young’s double slit experiment, Newton’s rings, Michelson interferometer, Fraunhofer diffraction from a
single slit and a circular aperture- Rayleigh’s criterion for limit of resolution and its application to vision; Diffraction
grating and their resolving power. [10]
LASERS
Einstein’s theory of matter radiation interaction and A and B coefficients; amplification of light by population
inversion-different types of lasers: gas lasers (CO2), solid-state lasers (Nd: YAG), dye lasers, Semiconductor
laser (Homojunction and Hetero junction)-Properties of laser beams-applications of lasers in science and
engineering. [8]
SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS
Density of states, Fermi-Dirac statistics; p-n junction formation-Metal-semiconductor junction (Ohmic and
Schottky)-Elemental and Compound Semiconductors - Carrier Concentration in intrinsic and Extrinsic
semiconductors- photodetectors: PIN and Avalanche characteristics- Hall effect-Hall Coefficient-Experimental
Determination of Hall Coefficient- Applications: Solar cells. [9]
QUANTUM PHYSICS
Introduction to Quantum mechanics - Wave nature of Particles- de-Broglie hypothesis –Matter waves -Time-
dependent and time independent Schrodinger equation for wave function- Applications: Particle in a box (one
dimensional and three dimensional), - Uncertainty principle and its applications- Electron microscope: Scanning
electron microscope. [9]
ADVANCED MATERIALS AND NANOTECHNOLOGY
New Engineering Materials: Metallic glasses – preparation, properties and applications – Shape memory alloys
(SMA) – characteristics, properties of NiTi alloy applications – advantages and disadvantages of SMA.
Nano Materials: Nanomaterials: Properties- Top-down process: Ball Milling method – Bottom-up process:
Vapour Phase Deposition method- Carbon Nano Tube (CNT): Properties, preparation by electric arc method,
Applications. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Rajendran V, “Engineering Physics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 2. William D.Callister, ‘Material Science and Engineering,’ Wiley India, 2006.
Reference(s):
1. Dattuprasad, Ramanlal Joshi, “Engineering Physics” Tata McGraw hill education, 2016.
2. Kongbamchandramanisingh, “Basic Physics”, PHI, 2015.
3. Subrahmanyam N, Brijlal, “A Text Book Of Optics” S.Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2010.
4. M.N.Avathanalu, P.G.Kshirsagar “A text book of engineering physics” S.Chand &company Ltd, 2005.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

50 PH 002 - Physics for Electrical

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Sciences

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 001 - Basic Electrical Engineering
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
I 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To familiarize the basic DC and AC networks used in electrical circuits
• To explain the concepts of electrical machines and their characteristics
Course • To explore the sources of electric power generation and various types of power plant
Objective(s) • To identify the various components of low voltage electrical installation
• To describe various energy conservation methods useful in industry and commercial
purpose
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Apply the basic laws of electric circuits to calculate the unknown quantities.
CO2: Acquire knowledge about the constructional details and principle of operation of DC
Course machines and AC machines.
Outcomes CO3: Impart the knowledge of generation of electricity based on conventional and
non-conventional energy sources
CO4: Recognize the significance of various components of low voltage electrical installations.
CO5: Create awareness of energy conservation and electrical safety.
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for
questions in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Prerequisite: Physics
DC and AC Circuits - Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), Voltage and current sources - Kirchhoff’s current
and voltage laws - Serial and parallel circuits - Analysis of simple circuits with DC excitation. Representation of
sinusoidal waveforms, Peak and RMS values, Phasor representation, Real power, Reactive power, Apparent
power, Power factor. Analysis of single phase AC circuits consisting of R, L, C, RL, RC, RLC combinations.
[12]
DC&AC Machines - Construction, Types and Operation-Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction -
Transformers: Construction, Working principle, Types, Losses in transformers, Regulation, Efficiency and
applications-Simple Problems - Applications
Generation of rotating magnetic fields - Three phase induction motor: Construction, working principle,
Characteristics, Starting - Single phase induction motor: Construction, working principle and applications -
Synchronous generators: Construction, Working principle and applications. [14]
Electrical Power Generation Systems - Sources of electrical energy: Renewable and non-renewable -
Principles and schematic diagram of Hydroelectric power plant, Thermal power plant, Nuclear power plant,
Solar PV system and Wind energy conversion systems. [5]
Electrical Installations and House Wiring - Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB,
ELCB, MCCB - Types of Batteries, Important Characteristics for Batteries - UPS.
Single phase and three phase systems: Three phase balanced circuits, Phase sequence, voltage and current
relations in star and delta connections - Basic house wiring tools and components - Domestic wiring: Service
mains, meter board, distribution board, energy meter. Different types of wiring: staircase, fluorescent lamp and
ceiling fan. [8]
Electrical Energy Conservation & Safety - Elementary calculations for energy consumption - BEE Standards
- Electrical energy conservation - Methods. Electric shock, Precautions against shock, Objectives of earthing,
Types of earthing - Basic electrical safety measures at home and industry. [6]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1 D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
2 D. C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 2017.
Reference(s):
1 L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press, 2011.
2 E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson, 2016.
3 V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 2015.
4 Rajendra Prasad “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering” PHI Learning, 2014.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 - - 2 - - - - 2 3 - 3 2

CO2 3 3 1 1 - - 2 - 2 - 2 1 3 2

50 EE 001 - Basic Electrical

CO3 3 3 2 2 - - 2 2 1 - - 1 3 3
Engineering

CO4 3 3 - 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 1 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K. S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 ME 002 – Engineering Graphics
Common to EEE, ECE, E&I, CSE, IT, Bio-Tech, NST and FT branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
I/II 2 0 4 90 4 50 50 100
• To learn Computer Aided Drawing skills to enable graphical communication.
• To learn drawing formats and conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views.
Objective(s) • To emphasize skills to project simple solids and sectional views.
• To impart the knowledge on use of drafting software to draw the isometric projection.
• To acquire graphical skills to illustrate design project.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the Impact of computer technologies on graphical communication
Course 2. Convert the pictorial views in to orthographic views using drafting software
Outcomes 3. Draw the projection of simple solids and true shape of sections
4. Construct the isometric projections of objects using drafting software
5. Interpret a design project illustrating engineering graphical skills
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions
in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) software
Theory of CAD software – Menu System, Toolbars (Standard, Object Properties, Draw, Modify and Dimension)
– Drawing Area (Background, Crosshairs, Coordinate System) – Dialog boxes and windows – Shortcut menus
(Button Bars) – The Command Line and Status Bar – Different methods of zoom as used in CAD – Select and
erase objects. [5+12]
Orthographic Projection
Theory of projection – Terminology and Methods of projection – first angle and third angle projection –
Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views. [6+12]
Projection of Solids and Sections of Solids
Projections of simple solids: prism, pyramid, cylinder and cone (Axis parallel to one plane and perpendicular to
other, axis inclined to one plane and parallel to other).
Sections of simple solids: prism, pyramid, cylinder and cone in simple positions (cutting plane is inclined to one
of the principal planes and perpendicular to the other) – True shape of sections. [6+12]
Isometric Projection
Principles of Isometric projection – Isometric scale, Isometric views, Conventions – Isometric views of lines,
Planes, Simple and compound Solids – Conversion of Orthographic views in to Isometric view. [6+12]
Application of engineering graphics
Geometry and topology of engineered components: creation of engineering models and their presentation in
standard 2D blueprint form and as 3D wire-frame and shaded solids – Geometric dimensioning and
Tolerancing– Use of solid modeling software for creating associative models – Floor plans: windows, doors, and
fixtures such as water closet (WC), bath sink, shower, etc. – Applying colour coding according to building
drawing practice – Drawing sectional elevation showing foundation to ceiling – Introduction to Building
Information Modelling (BIM). [7+12]
Total Hours: 90 (Lecture: 30 Hours; Hands on Practice: 60 Hours)
Text Book(s):
1. Bhatt N.D., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 53rd Edition, Gujarat, 2014.
2. Venugopal K., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International (P) Limited, 2014.
Reference(s)
1. Shah M.B., Rana B.C., and V.K.Jadon., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Natarajan K.V., “A Text Book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2014.
3. Agrawal B. & Agrawal C. M., “Engineering Graphics”, TMH Publication, 2012.
4. Narayana, K.L. & P Kannaiah, “Text book on Engineering Drawing”, Scitech Publishers, 2008.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3
50 ME 002 – Engineering
Graphics CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 1 3
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Hands on Training, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance
and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 MY 001 - Constitution of India
Common to all Branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
II 2 0 0 30 0 100 - 100
• To know the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights
perspective
• To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals’ constitutional
role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of nationhood in the
Objectives early years of Indian nationalism
• To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik Revolution
in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the Indian Constitution
• To gain knowledge on bill passing
• To acquire knowledge on function of election commission
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Discuss the growth of the demand for civil rights in India for the bulk of fns before the arrival of
Gandhi in Indian politics.
2. Discuss the intellectual origins of the framework of argument that informed the
Course conceptualization of social reforms leading to revolution in India.
Outcomes 3. Discuss the circumstances surrounding the foundation of the Congress Socialist Party [CSP]
under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru and the eventual failure of the proposal of direct
elections through adult suffrage in the Indian Constitution.
4. Discuss the passage of the Hindu Code Bill of 1956.
5. Explain the functions of Election Commission
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions
in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.

History of Making of the Indian Constitution:

History - Drafting Committee, (Composition & Working)
Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:
Preamble - Salient Features [6]
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties:
Fundamental Rights - Right to Equality - Right to Freedom - Right against Exploitation -Right to Freedom of
Religion - Cultural and Educational Rights - Right to Constitutional Remedies - Directive Principles of State
Policy - Fundamental Duties. [6]
Organs of Governance:
Parliament - Composition - Qualifications and Disqualifications - Powers and Functions Executive - President -
Governor - Council of Ministers - Judiciary, Appointment and Transfer of Judges, Qualifications - Powers and
Functions. [6]
Local Administration:
District’s Administration head: Role and Importance, - Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected
Representative, CEO of Municipal Corporation - Pachayati raj: Introduction, PRI: ZilaPachayat - Elected
officials and their roles, CEO ZilaPachayat: Position and role- Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different
departments) -Village level: Role of Elected and Appointed officials - Importance of grass root democracy. [6]
Election Commission:
Election Commission: Role and Functioning- Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners- State
Election Commission: Role and Functioning- Institute and Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women.[6]
Total Hours: 30
Text book(s):
1. The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
2. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2015.
References:
1. D.D. Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Lexis Nexis, 2015.
2. M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
3. S R Bhansali, Textbook on The Constitution of India, Universal Publishers, 2015.
4. M P Jain, Outlines of Indian Legal and Constitutional History, Lexisnexis, 2014.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 2 1 2

CO2 2 2 1 2

50 MY 001 - Constitution of India CO3 2 2 1 2

CO4 2 2 1 2

CO5 2 2 1 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Seminar and Attendance

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 PH 0P2 - Applied Physics Laboratory
Common to – ECE, EEE, EI, CSE, IT, AI&DS
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Hours
L T P C CA ES Total
I 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To infer the practical knowledge by applying the experimental methods to correlate with the
Physics theory
• To demonstrate an ability to make physical measurements and understand the
Course limits of precision in measurements
Objective(s) • To introduce different experiments to test basic understanding of physics concepts applied
in optics and electronics
• To enable the students to correlate the theoretical principles with application oriented
studies
• To analyze the behavior and characteristics of various materials for its optimum utilization
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Analyze the wavelength of laser and the particle size by diffraction phenomenon.(1)
2. Apply the knowledge of interference to produce Newton rings and air wedge.(2-3)
Course 3. Extend the knowledge of diffraction property of light through grating and fiber optic cable
Outcomes (4,6)
4. Infer the concept of refractive index and dispersion of light by a prism(5)
5. Interpret the knowledge of semiconductor band gap, Hall coefficient, photovoltaic effect,
Zener diode characteristics for its potential applications(7-10)

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of wavelength of laser and particle size –diffraction.

2. Determination of radius of a plano convex lens – Newton‘s ring.
3. Determination of a thickness of thin wire – Air wedge method.
4. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectral lines – spectrometer grating.
5. Determination of dispersive power of a prism.
6. Determination of numerical aperture (NA) & acceptance angle of an optical fiber
7. Determination of band gap of a semiconductor PN junction diode.
8. V-I characteristics of solar cell.
9. Characteristics of Zener diode.
10. Determination of Hall coefficient of a given semiconductor and its charge carrier density
Lab Manual :
1.Physics Lab Manual, Department of Physics, KSRCT.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Course Code & Couse POs PSOs
COs
Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2

50 PH 0P2 - Applied Physics

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
Laboratory

CO4 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Semester Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 ME 0P1 – Engineering Practices Laboratory
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
I 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To acquire skills in basic engineering practices
• To identify the hand tools and instruments
• To provide hands on experience in Fitting, Carpentry, Sheet metal, Welding and lathe
Objective(s)
shop
• To provide practical training on house hold wiring and electronic circuits
• To offer real time activity on plumbing connections in domestic applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Perform facing, plain turning, drilling.
Course 2. Make a model of fitting and carpentry: Square, Dovetail and Cross lap joints.
Outcomes 3. Fabricate the models of sheet metal and welding joints.
4. Construct and demonstrate electrical and electronic wiring circuit.
5. Construct the water pipe line in plumbing shop.
Machine shop
Safety aspects in machine shop, Study of Lathe and Radial drilling machine, Turning, Facing and Drilling.

Fitting and Carpentry

Safety aspects in Fitting and Carpentry, Study of tools and equipments, Preparation of models- Square, Dove
tail joint, Cross Lap.

Sheet Metal and Welding

Safety aspects in Sheet metal and Welding, Study of tools and equipments, Sheet metal models - Scoope,
Cone, Tray, Preparation weld joints -Lap, butt, T-joints. Study of Gas Welding and Equipments.

Electrical Wiring & Electronics

Safety aspects of Electrical wiring, Study of Electrical Materials and wiring components, Wiring circuit for a lamp
using single and stair case switches. Wiring circuit for fluorescent lamps, Basic electronic circuit.

Plumbing
Study of plumbing tools, assembly of G.I. pipes/ PVC and pipe fittings, Cutting of threads in G.I.Pipes/PVC by
thread cutting dies.

Smithy, Plastic moulding and Glass cutting

Safety aspects in smithy, plastic moulding and glass cutting, Study of tools and equipments.
Lab Manual:
1. “Engineering Practices Lab Manual”, Department of Mechanical Engineering, KSRCT.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 3 1

CO2 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 3 1

50 ME 0P1 – Engineering
CO3 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 3 1
Practices Laboratory

CO4 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 3 1

CO5 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 3 1

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 EN 002 – Communication Skills II
Common to all Branches
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
II 1 1 0 30 2 40 60 100
• To help learners improve their vocabulary and enable them to use words appropriately in
different academic and professional contexts
• To help learners develop strategies that could be adopted while reading texts
Course
• To help learners acquire the ability to speak and write effectively in English in real life and
Objective(s)
career related situations
• Improve listening, observational skills, and problem solving capabilities
• Develop message generating and delivery skills
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Identify speaker’s purpose and tone, comprehend relationship between ideas and
respond to the listening content
2. Use communication strategies, vocabulary and appropriate grammatical structures for
Course effective oral interactions
Outcomes 3. Make inferences and predictions, develop reading speed, build academic vocabulary by
utilizing digital literacy tools on textual comprehension
4. Use a variety of accurate sentence structures with functional vocabulary, apply the
conventions of academic writing and use peer and teacher feedback for effective writing.
5. Demonstrate proficiency in communication skills in academic and professional contexts
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions
in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Advanced English Listening Module
Extended Listening to Podcasts – Listen and Watch Video Clips - answering Inferential Multiple Choice
Questions and Vocabulary Check- Listening to Lengthy Discourses – Structured Listening – Listening to Songs
and Cognizing the Lyrics-Listening to popular speeches, news briefs and stories. [4]

Oral Communication
Debates – Group Discussion (Structured) and rotate roles – Elevator Speech – Prepared Talk – Extempore –
Brief Technical presentations- Spin-a-Yarn – Short Film reviews – talk on silent videos – Dialogues and Role
plays (Intermediate & Higher Level) – Interviews. [4]

Critical Reading Process

Silent Reading – Scanning and Skimming - Reading comprehension with logical reasoning questions –
Cognition of Theme and Inferential Meaning – advanced Academic and Functional Vocabulary List (1000
words) – word webs and semantic threads - Loud Reading – Modulation and Pronunciation Check – Mind
maps – Note making – Deep Reading Skills. [4]

Academic Writing Practices

Sentence Equivalence and Text completion tasks – Data Interpretation - Essay Writing – Letter Writing –
Business Emails – Conversational Fill Ups-Rewordify (select a text and simplify/enhance the language)-
Reports on events. [3]
Total Hours: 30 (L:15+T:15)
Text Book(s):
M.Ashraf Rizvi, ‘Effective Technical Communication’, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private
1.
Limited, Chennai, 2018.
Norman Lewis, ‘Word Power Made Easy - The Complete Handbook for Building a Superior Vocabulary
2.
Book’, Penguin Random House India, 2020.
References:
Baul Emmerson and Nick Hamilton, ‘Five Minute Activities for Business English’, Cambridge University
1.
Press, N.York, 2005.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Ruth Wainry b, ‘Stories: Narrative Activities for The Language Classroom', Cambridge University Press,
2.
N.York, 2005.
Stuart Redman, ‘English Vocabulary in Use: Upper Intermediate', Cambridge University Press, N.Y,
3.
2006.
4. https://www.khanacademy.org/test-prep/sat/sat-reading-writing-practice

Course Code & Couse Pos PSOs

COs
Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2

50 EN 002 – Communication
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2
Skills II

CO4 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2

CO5 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 1

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 MA 002 - Laplace Transform and Complex Variables
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
II 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• Multiple integration is used to solve problems involving volume and surface area
• Vector calculus can be widely used for modeling the various of physics
• Introduce the fundamental ideas of the functions of complex variables and developing a clear
Course understanding of the fundamental concepts of complex analysis such as analytic function
Objective(s) and complex integral
• Identify and construct complex - differentiable function
• Laplace Transforms can be used for efficiently solving the problems that occur in various
branches of engineering disciplines
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. (i) Evaluate double and triple integrals.
(ii) Know the concept of Beta and Gamma functions.
Course 2. Apply the concept of vector calculus to verify Green’s, Stoke’s and Gauss divergence
Outcomes theorems.
3. Construct analytic function and bilinear transformation.
4. Expand the functions as Taylor’s and Laurent’s series and evaluate the complex integrals.
5. Apply Laplace transform techniques for solving differential equations.
Multiple Integrals
Double integration - Cartesian and polar coordinates - Change of order of integration - Area between two curves -
Area as double integral - Triple integration in Cartesian coordinates.
Beta and Gamma functions: Relationship between Beta and Gamma functions - Properties - Problems.
[9]
Vector Calculus
Introduction - gradient of a scalar point function - directional derivative - angle of intersection of two surfaces -
divergence and curl(excluding vector identities) - solenoidal and irrotational vectors - Green’s theorem in the
plane - Gauss divergence theorem -Stokes’ theorem(without proof)- verification of the above theorems and
evaluation of integrals using them. [9]
Analytic Functions
Analytic functions - Necessary conditions (Cauchy-Riemann equations)- Polar form of Cauchy Riemann
equations - Sufficient conditions (without proof) - Properties of analytic functions - Harmonic function -Harmonic
conjugate - Construction of analytic functions- Conformal mapping: w = z + a, az, 1/z -Bilinear transformation.
[9]
Complex Integration
Cauchy’s Integral theorem (without proof) - Cauchy’s integral formula - Taylor’s and Laurent’s series (without
proof) - Classification of singularities - Cauchy’s residue theorem - Contour integration - Circular and semi-circular
contours (excluding poles on real axis). [8]
Laplace Transforms
Conditions for existence - Transform of elementary functions - Basic properties - Shifting theorems- Derivatives
and integrals of transforms - Transform of unit step function - Dirac’s delta function- Initial and final value
theorem- Transform of periodic functions. Inverse Laplace transform - Convolution theorem(excluding proof) -
Solution of second order ordinary differential equation with constant coefficients - simultaneous equations of first
order with constant coefficients. [10]
Total Hours: 60 (L:45+T:15)
Text book(s):
B.S.Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2014.
1
Website:https://pvpsitrealm.blogspot.com/2016/09/higher-engineering-mathematics-by-bs.html
Kreyszig Erwin, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 10 th Edition, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Limited, New
2
Delhi, 2016.
Reference(s):

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 N.P.Bali and Dr.Manish Goyal,”A text book of Engineering Mathematics”,8thedition,Laxmi Publications (P)
1
LTD,2011
T.Veerarajan, “Engineering Mathematics”, for Semesters I and II , Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New
2
Delhi., 2010.
Dr P Kandasamy,Dr K Thilagavathy and Dr K Gunavathy , “Engineering Mathematics -II”, S.Chand&
3
Company Ltd, New Delhi.
4 SWAYAM online video courses.(www.swayamprabha.gov.in)

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 2 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3
50 MA 002 - Laplace Transform
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3
and Complex Variables
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 3

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 CH 001 - Applied Chemistry
Common to all branches
Periods / Week Total hrs Credit Maximum marks
Semester
L T P CA ES Total
45 3
I/II 3 0 0 40 60 100
• To endow with the periodic properties of elements and molecular orbitals variation of orbitals
• To assist the learners to apply the thermodynamic functions to electro chemical reactions and its
Course application
Objective(s) • To help the learners to analyze the hardness of water and its removal techniques
• To endow with various spectroscopy techniques and its applications
• To facilitate the students with the basics of stereochemistry and types of chemical reactions with their
mechanism
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Rationalize the periodic properties of elements and molecular orbitals variation of orbitals.
Course CO2: Apply the thermodynamic functions to electro chemical reactions and its application.
Outcomes CO3: Analyse the cause and effects of hardness of water and its removal techniques.
CO4: Interpret the various spectroscopy techniques and its applications.
CO5: Infer the types of stereochemistry and chemical reactions with their mechanism.
Periodic properties
Effective nuclear charge - atomic and ionic sizes - ionization energies - electron affinity – electro negativity -
polarizability - oxidation states - penetration of orbitals- variations of s, p, d and f orbital energies of atoms - electronic
configurations, ionic, dipolar and Vander- waals interactions. Hard soft acids and bases (HSAB).
Molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules - plots of the multicentre orbitals. Equations for atomic and molecular orbitals.
Energy level diagrams of diatomics. Pi-molecular orbital of butadiene and benzene. [9]
Chemical equilibria and corrosion
Thermodynamic functions - energy - entropy - enthalpy- free energy - Gibbs-Helmholtz equation - Van 't Hoff isotherm.
Cell potentials - Nernst equation - applications - EMF series - applications - Potentiometric and Conductometric
titrations. Corrosion- types of corrosion - chemical and electrochemical corrosion - mechanism - Factors influencing
corrosion - Corrosion control methods (impressed current and sacrificial anode methods) - Corrosion inhibitors. [9]
Water chemistry
Sources - Water quality parameters - impurities in water and their effects. Hardness - Estimation of hardness - effect of
hard water in various industries-Softening of water- zeolite process- ion-exchange process - reverse osmosis -
electrodialysis. Boiler troubles - methods of prevention. [9]
Analytical techniques and applications
Absorption laws - Ultra violet spectroscopy (UV) - Principle - Instrumentation (Block diagram) - applications. Infra red
spectroscopy (IR)- Instrumentation (Block diagram) - selection rule - types of fundamental vibrations - applications.
Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR) - Principle - selection rule - Instrumentation (Block diagram) -
chemical shift - factors influencing the chemical shift -applications. Atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) - Principle -
Instrumentation (Block diagram) -applications. [9]
Concepts in Organic chemistry
Structural isomerism- types - Stereoisomerism - geometrical (Maleic and Fumaric acids) - optical isomerism (Lactic and
Tartaric acids) - symmetry - chirality- enantiomers - diastereomers - optical activity - absolute configurations.
Introduction to reactions - substitution - addition - oxidation - reduction - cyclization and ring openings – mechanism.
[9]
Total Hours: 45
Text Book(s):
1. Jain. P.C. and Monica Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpatrai publishing co. New Delhi, 17 th edition, 2021.
2. Vairam, S. and Suba Ramesh, “Engineering Chemistry”, Wiley India Private Limited, 2 nd edition, January 2013.
Reference Books:
Puri B. R., Sharma L.R., and Pathania M.S., “Principles of Physical Chemistry”, Vishal Publishing Company,
1. Delhi,
47th edition, 2020.
2. Dara. S.S, “A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry”, S Chand & co. Ltd., 2014.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
3. Bahl B.S. and Arun Bahl, “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, S.Chand, New Delhi, 2014.
4. Sharma BK. Instrumental methods of chemical analysis, Goel Publishing House Meerut, 23 rdedition; 2014.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1

50 CH 001 - Applied Chemistry CO3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 1

CO4 2 2 3 3 3 2 1

CO5 2 1 3 3 2 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 CS 001 - Programming for Problem Solving
Common to all Branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
II 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To learn the evolution of computers and examines the most fundamental element of the
C language
• To examine the execution of branching, looping statements, arrays and strings.
Course
• To understand the concept of functions, pointers and the techniques of putting them to
Objective(s)
use
• To apply the knowledge of structures and unions to solve basic problems in C language
• To enhance the knowledge in file handling functions for storage and retrieval of data
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Infer the evolution, generation, representation of problem and recognize the concepts of
data types and expressions.
CO2: Annotate the concept of console Input and output features and examine the execution of
Course branching, looping statements, arrays and strings.
Outcomes CO3: Recognize the concepts of functions, recursion, storage class specifies and pointers with
its features.
CO4: Comprehend basic concepts of structures, unions, user defined data types and
preprocessor.
CO5: Interpret the file concepts using proper standard library functions.
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may
decide the number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be
asked based on the number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
Introduction to Computer and Programming
Introduction to Computers - Evolution of computers - Generations of computers and Programming Languages–
Introduction to components of a computer system -Idea of Algorithm: steps to solve logical and numerical
problems. Representation of Algorithm: Flowchart–Pseudocode with examples. From algorithms to programs–
variables (with data types)– Type Qualifiers - Constants – Operators –expressions and precedence [9]
Suggested Activities:
Knowing the history of computers
Developing Pseudocodes and flowcharts for real life activities
Developing algorithms for basic mathematical expressions using arithmetic operations.
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Group Discussion on Introduction to Computers and its generation
Assignments on pseudocodes and flowcharts
I/O, Branching, Loops and Arrays
Console I/O– Unformatted and Formatted Console I/O – Conditional Branching and Loops -Writing and
evaluation of conditionals and consequent branching -Iteration and loops - Arrays (1-D, 2-D), Character arrays
and Strings [9]
Suggested Activities:
Simple programs using I/O statements, arithmetic operations
Implementation of simple programs using Branching, Loops and Arrays
Performing String operations
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorial for the above activities
Group discussion on role of Branching, loop and Arrays in Programming Language
Functions and Pointers
Functions: Scope of a Function – Library Functions and User defined functions - Function Prototypes –
Function Categorization - Function Arguments - Arguments to main function - The return Statement - Recursion
- Passing Arrays to Functions– Storage class Specifiers. Introduction to Pointer Variables - The Pointer
Operators - Pointer Expressions - Pointers and Arrays - Generating a Pointer to an Array - Indexing Pointers–
Dynamic memory allocation [9]

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Suggested Activities:
Develop simple applications like Calculator, Various Conversion Process using functions
Develop a simple programs by applying pointer concepts
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorial for the above activities
Group discussion on Function and Pointers
Structures, Unions, Enumerations, Typedef and Preprocessors
Structures - Arrays of Structures- Arrays and Structures within Structures - Passing Structures to Functions -
Structure Pointers - Unions – BitFields - Enumerations - typedef – The preprocessor and comments. [9]
Suggested Activities:
Develop simple programs using Structures, Unions, Enumerations, Typedef and Preprocessors
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorial for the above activities
File
File: Streams –Reading and Writing Characters - Reading and Writing Strings -,File System functions - Random
Access Files [9]
Suggested Activities:
Develop simple applications to apply files operations
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorial for the above activities
Group discussion on Files Concepts
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference C”, Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2010.
2. Byron Gottfried, “Programming with C”, Third Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2014.
References:
E.Balagurusamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, New Delhi,
1.
2016.
2. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, “C Programming Language”, Prentice-Hall.
Reema Thareja, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”, Second Edition, Oxford Higher
3.
Education, 2016.
4. K N King, “C Programming: A Modern Approach”, Second Edition, W.W.Norton, New York, 2008.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO2
50 CS 001 - Programming for 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO3
Problem Solving
3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO4
3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO5

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 ME 003 – Engineering Mechanics
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
II 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To learn a process for analysis of static objects, concepts of force, moment, and mechanical
equilibrium in two and three dimensions
Course • To learn the equilibrium of rigid bodies such as frames, trusses, beams
Objective(s) • To identify the properties of surfaces and solids by using different theorem
• To impart basic concept of dynamics of particles
• To acquire the concept of friction and elements of rigid body dynamics
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Use scalar and vector analytical techniques for analysing forces in statically determinate
structures.
Course 2. Apply basic knowledge of scientific concepts to solve real-world problems.
Outcomes 3. Compute the properties of surfaces and solids using various theorems.
4. Analyse and solve problems on kinematics and kinetics.
5. Draw a shear force and bending moment diagrams, analysis of rigid body dynamics and
calculation of frictional forces on contact surfaces.
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours required
for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions in the
examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.

Basics and Statics of Particles

Introduction -Units and Dimensions-Laws of Mechanics–Principle of transmissibility-Lame’s theorem, Parallelogram
and triangular Law of forces–Vectors–Vectorial representation of forces and moments.
Vector operations
Addition, subtraction, dot product, cross product-Coplanar Forces–Resolution and Composition of forces–Equilibrium
of a particle–Forces in space-Equilibrium of a particle in space-Equivalent systems of forces-Single equivalent force.
[12]

Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies

Free body diagram–Types of supports and their reactions–requirements of stable equilibrium–Static determinacy,
Moments and Couples–Moment of a force about a point and about an axis–Vectorial representation of moments and
couples– Varignon’s theorem-Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in two dimensions.
Trusses: Introduction, axial members, calculation of forces on truss members using method of joints-Method of
sections [12]

Properties of Surfaces and Solids

Determination of Areas and Volumes-Centroid, Moment of Inertia of plane area (Rectangle, circle, triangle using
Integration Method; T section, I section, Angle section, Hollow section using standard formula) - Parallel axis theorem
and perpendicular axis theorem- Polar moment of inertia -Mass moment of inertia of thin rectangular section -
Relation between area moment of inertia and mass moment of inertia. [12]

Dynamics of Particles
Displacement, Velocity, acceleration and their relationship–Relative motion -Projectile motion in horizontal plane–
Newton’s law–Work Energy Equation – Impulse and Momentum. [12]

Elements of Rigid Body Dynamics, Friction and Beams

Translation and Rotation of Rigid Bodies: Velocity and acceleration–General Plane motion: Crank and Connecting
rod mechanism.
Friction
Frictional force–Laws of Coloumb friction–Simple contact friction–Ladder friction-Rolling resistance–Ratio of tension
in belt.
Transverse bending on beams
Types of beams: Supports and loads – Shear force and bending moment in beams – Cantilever, simply supported
and overhanging beams. [12]

Total Hours: 45 + 15(Tutorial) = 60

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Text Book(s):
1. Rajasekaran, S., Sankarasubramanian, G., Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition, 2017.
2. Beer, F.P and Johnson Jr. E.R, "Vector Mechanics for Engineers", Statics and Dynamics, McGraw-Hill
International, 11th Edition, 2016.
Reference(s)
1. Jayakumar, V. and Kumar, M, “Engineering Mechanics”, PHI Learning Private Ltd, New Delhi, 2012
2. Hibbeller, R.C., “Engineering Mechanics”, Vol. 1 Statics, Vol. 2 Dynamics, Pearson Education Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
3. Bansal R.K,” Engineering Mechanics” Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2011.
Irving H. Shames, Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, Pearson Education Asia Pvt. Ltd, 4 thEdition,
4.
2003.
5. James M. Gere and Timoshenko, “Mechanics of Materials”, CBS Publisher, New Delhi, 6th Edition, 2012.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 3 2 3 1

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 3 1

50 ME 003 – Engineering Mechanics CO3 3 2 2 3 2 3 1

CO4 3 2 2 3 2 3 1

CO5 3 2 2 3 2 3 1

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 MY 002 - Environmental Science
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
IV 2 0 0 30 - 100 - 100
• To help the learners to analyze the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity
• To familiarize the learners with the impacts of pollution and control
Course
• To enlighten the learners about waste and disaster management
Objective(s)
• To endow with an overview of food resources and human health
• To enlighten awareness and recognize the social responsibility in environmental issues
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Recognize the concepts and issues related to environment, ecosystem and biodiversity.
Course 2. Analyze the source, effects, and control measures of pollution.
Outcomes 3. Enlighten of solid waste and disaster management.
4. Alertness about food resources, population and health issues.
5. Analyze the social issues and civic responsibilities.
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions in
the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEM AND BIODIVERSITY
Environmental studies - Scope and multidisciplinary nature - Need for public awareness - Ecosystem - Structure
and function. Biodiversity - Values of biodiversity - Endangered and endemic species - Hot spots - India a mega
biodiversity nation - Threats - Conservation - In-situ and ex-situ - Case studies. [6]
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
Pollution - Air, water, soil, noise and nuclear - sources, effects and control measures - Impacts of mining. -
Environment protection act - Case studies. [6]
WASTE AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Waste - Solid waste - e-waste - sources, effects and control measures. Disaster management - Earth quakes -
Landslides - Floods - Cyclones - Tsunami - Disaster preparedness - Case studies.
[5]
FOOD RESOURCES, HUMAN POPULATION AND HEALTH
World food problems - over grazing and desertification - effects of modern agriculture. Population - Population
explosion and its impacts - HIV/AIDS - Cancer- Role of IT in environment and human health - Case studies. [6]
SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Unsustainable to sustainable development - Use of alternate energy sources - Rain water harvesting - Water shed
management - Deforestation - Green house effect - Global warming - Climate change - Acid rain - Ozone layer
depletion - Waste land reclamation. Consumerism and waste products - Role of an individual in conservation of
natural resources - Case studies. [7]
Total Hours: 30
Text book(s):
Anubha Kaushik and C P Kaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, New Age International
1.
Publishers, New Delhi, 6th edition , January 2018.
2. G.Tyler Miller, “Environmental Science”, Cengage Publications, Delhi, 16th edition, 2018.
Reference(s):
Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, “Environmental Engineering and Science”, Phi learning private limited,
1. New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2013.

2. R.Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies” Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 3r d Edition, 2016.
3. Deeksha Dave and Katewa. S.S, “Environmental Studies”, 2 nd Edition, Cengage Publications, Delhi, 2013.
4 Cunningham, W.P. and Saigo, B.W. Environment Science, Mcgraw-Hill, USA. 9th edition, 2007.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2

50 MY 002 - Environmental
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2
Science

CO4 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Seminar and Attendance

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
50 CH 0P1 - Chemistry Laboratory

Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks

Semester
Hours
L T P C CA ES Total
II 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To test the knowledge of theoretical concepts
• To develop the experimental skills of the learners
Course • To facilitate data interpretation
Objective(s) • To enable the learners to get hands-on experience on the principles discussed in theory
sessions
• To expose the learners to various industrial and environmental applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Estimate the amount of hardness, alkalinity, chloride ion and dissolved oxygen in water
sample.
Course 2. Estimate the amount of barium chloride and mixture of acids by conductometry.
Outcomes 3. Estimate the amount of acid by pH metry and ferrous ion by potentiometry
4. Estimate the amount of ferrous ion by spectrophotometry.
5. Determine the percentage of corrosion by weight loss method.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA method.

2. Estimation of alkalinity of water sample.
3. Estimation of chloride content in water sample (Argentometric method).
4. Determination of dissolved oxygen in boiler feed water (Winkler’s method).
5. Estimation of barium chloride by conductometric precipitation titration.
6. Estimation of mixture of acids by conductometric titration.
7. Estimation of ferrous ion by potentiometric titration.
8. Estimation of HCl, beverages and other biological samples by pH meter.
9. Estimation of iron content by spectrophotometry method.
10. Determination of corrosion rate and inhibitor efficiency by weight loss method.

Lab Manual:
1. S.Vairam, ‘Engineering Chemistry’, Wiley India, Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2013.
Reference:
Mendham. J, Denney. R.C, Barnes. J.D, And Thomas. N.J.K, “Vogel’s Text Book Of
1.
Quantitative Chemical Analysis”, , Pearson Education, 6th Edition 2009.
S S Dara “A Textbook On Experiments And Calculations In Engineering Chemistry”, S
2. Chand&Co,
New Delhi 6th Edition, 2015
Sunita Rattan,”Experiments in Applied Chemistry” S K Kataria &Sons,New Delhi,2011
3.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 2

50 CH 0P1 - Chemistry Laboratory CO3 3 3 3 2 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 1 3 1

CO5 2 2 2 2 3 1

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Semester Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 CS 0P1 - Programming for Problem Solving Laboratory
Common to all Branches
Hours/Week Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Total hrs
L T P C CA ES Total

II 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To enable the students to apply the concepts of C to solve simple problems
• To use selection and iterative statements in C programs
Course • To apply the knowledge of library functions in C programming
Objective(s) • To implement the concepts of arrays, functions, structures and pointers in C
• To implement the file handling operations through C
At the end of the course the students will be able to
CO1: Apply how to read, display basic information and use selection and iterative statements
CO2: Demonstrate C program to manage collection of related data
Course CO3: Design and implement different ways of passing arguments to functions, Recursion and
Outcomes implement pointers concepts
CO4: Develop a C program to manage collection of different data using structures, Union, user-
defined data types and preprocessor directives
CO5: Demonstrate C program to store and retrieve data using file concepts
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Implementation of Simple computational problems using various formulas.
2 Implementation of Problems involving Selection statements.
3 Implementation of Iterative problems e.g., sum of series.
4 Implementation of 1D Array manipulation.
5 Implementation o f2D Array manipulation.
6 Implementation of String operations.
7 Implementation of Simple functions and different ways of passing arguments to functions and Recursive
Functions.
8 Implementation of Pointers
9 Implementation of structures and Union.
10 Implementation of Bit Fields, Typedef and Enumeration.
11 Implementation of Preprocessor directives.
12 Implementation of File operations.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
50 CS 0P1 - Programming for
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
Problem Solving Laboratory
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
50 EE 301 - Electrical Circuit Analysis
B.E – (EEE)
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
III 3 1 2 90 5 50 50 100
• To study the basic concepts of circuit elements and laws.
• To educate the various theorems according to their applications.
• To analyze the coupled circuits and design a series/parallel resonant circuit.
Objective(s)
• To distinguish the transient response of RL, RC and RLC circuits under different
excitations, and three phase balance and unbalanced circuits.
• To design the two port network parameters and cut-set, tie-set matrixes.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Apply ohm’s law and Kirchhoff’s law to solve electric circuits.
2. Compute solutions in network theorems to find response of electric circuits.
Course
3. Construct and analyze the frequency response of electric circuits and coupled circuits.
Outcomes
4. Analyze the transient and steady state behaviour of RL, RC and RLC circuits and three
phase circuits.
5. Interrelate the various parameters of two port network and concept of graph theory.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions
in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
DC And AC Circuit Analysis - Review of DC and AC circuits - Voltage and Current division - Star Delta
Conversion - Source transformation - Mesh and Nodal analysis for simple DC and AC Circuits. [9]
Network Theorems - Theorems for DC and AC circuits: Superposition theorem - Thevenin’s theorem -
Norton’s theorem- Maximum power transfer theorem – Reciprocity theorem. [9]
Resonance and Coupled Circuits - Series and Parallel Resonance - Frequency response curves –Quality
factor and Bandwidth- Comparison between electric and magnetic circuits - Self and Mutual Inductances-
Coefficient of coupling - Dot rule - Series aiding, Series opposing, Parallel aiding and Parallel opposing - Analysis
of Coupled circuits - Simple problems. [9]
Transients & Three Phase Circuits - Steady state and transient response - Natural and forced response -
Transient response of RL, RC, RLC circuits with DC and sinusoidal Inputs.
Three Phase three wire, four wire balanced and unbalanced circuits with star/delta loads - Power and Power
factor measurements. [9]
Two Port Networks and Graph Theory - Two port networks: Z, Y, ABCD, h parameters and their inter
relationships. Graph of a network - Duality - Branch - Tree - Co tree - Twigs - Links - Incidence matrix - Link
currents by tieset matrix - Tree branch voltages by cut - set matrix. [9]
Practice: [30]
• Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws.
• Determination of branch Currents using mesh analysis for DC and AC circuits.
• Verification of Super position, thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power transfer theorem for DC and AC
circuits.
• Determination of resonant frequency Q - factor and Bandwidth of a series RLC circuits.
• Digital simulation of RL, RC and RLC circuits for transient response. (MATLAB)
Total Hours: 90 (L: 45 + T: 15 + P :30)

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Text book(s):
William Hayt, Jack Kemmerly, Steven Durbin, “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,
1
2016.
2 Chakrabarti A, “Circuit Theory (Analysis andSynthesis)”, Dhanpath Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 2014.
Reference(s):
Sudhakar A, Shyam Mohan SP, “Circuits and Networks: Analysis and Synthesis” Tata McGraw-Hill, New
1.
Delhi, 2015.
2. Paranjothi S R, “Electric Circuit Analysis”, 4th edition, New Age International Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
Joseph A. Edminister, Mahmood Nahvi, “Electric Circuits”, Schaum’s Series, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
3.
Delhi,2015.
4. David A Bell, “Electric Circuits”, Oxford University Press, 2011.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

50 EE 301 - Electrical Circuit

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
Analysis

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Practice, Attendance and End
Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 302 - Analog Electronics
BE(EEE)
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
III 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To comprehend the working and characteristics of semiconductor diodes and apply them in
real time applications
• To analyze various circuit configurations of BJT and FET and determine their characteristic
Course
parameters using equivalent circuits in order to design small signal amplifiers
Objective(s)
• To familiarize the basic concepts of operational amplifier IC and its characteristics
• To enlighten the applications of Operational Amplifier applications.
• To analyze the concepts of special ICs and their applications.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Realize the operation and characteristics of semiconductor devices and analyze various
configurations of transistors using h-parameters.
Course 2. Configure power amplifiers and determine their characteristic parameters.
Outcomes 3. Analyze the operation of operational amplifier and discuss the factors that affect the
response of op - Amp.
4. Design various circuits for applications using op-amp and analyze their response.
5. Select the appropriate IC for any application by analyzing their merits and demerits.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for
questions in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Diode and transistor
PN Junction and Zener Diodes - BJT - construction and operation - configurations (CE, CB and CC) - Transistor
as an amplifier - biasing methods: Common Emitter amplifier using hybrid equivalent circuit - JFET - device
structure - characteristics - CS, CD and CG configurations- Equivalent circuit for CS Configuration - MOSFET –
device structure - characteristics. [12]
Power Amplifiers
Class A amplifier: Direct coupled and Transformer coupled, Class B amplifier: Push pull amplifier,
Complementary symmetry configuration and Class C amplifier operation (Qualitative).
[6]
Operational Amplifier
Introduction - Basic operational amplifier- Ideal operational amplifier characteristics - equivalent circuit - Open
loop and closed loop configurations - DC Characteristics - offset voltages and currents, bias current, drift - AC
performance of Op amp: Bandwidth, slew rate and frequency response - inverting and non-inverting amplifiers,
Voltage follower - differential amplifier. [9]
Op-amp Applications
Summer, Subtractor, Differentiator, Integrator, Clipper and Clamper - Voltage to current converter, Current to
Voltage converter, Sample and hold circuit- Oscillator Circuits (RC, Wien bridge, Hartley, Colpitts) - Comparator
Circuits: Zero Crossing Detector - Active filters - Types - Characteristics - Frequency Response of different
types of filters. [9]
Special ICs
555 timer circuit: Functional diagram, astable and monostable operations, Schmitt trigger - Phase locked loop
(565): Basic principles, phase detector/comparator, voltage controlled oscillator (566) - IC 723 general purpose
regulator: current limit protection, current fold back, current boosting. Adjustable output voltage regulator LM
317, LM 340 and LM 337 series power supply ICs. [10]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Anil K.Maini, Varsha Agrawal, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2012
2. Roy Choudhary, “Linear Integrated Circuits” 4th Edition, New age International Publishers, 2018.
Reference(s):
1. David A. Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd , 2008

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Jacob Millman, Christos Halkias, Chetan Parikh “Millman's Integrated Electronics - Analog and Digital
2.
Circuit and Systems” McGraw Hill Education,2nd Edition,2017
Robert F.Coughlin, “Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits”, 6th Edition, , Pearson
3.
Education, 2015
Analog Circuits, NPTEL:
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/101/117101106/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106084/

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3

50 EE 302 - Analog Electronics CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 303 - Electromagnetic Fields
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P hrs C CA ES Total

III 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To enlighten the concepts of coordinate systems which are used to analyze the effects of
electromagnetic field.
• To analyze the concepts of electrostatics to determine the electric field intensity and
Course potential.
Objective(s) • To calculate the capacitance and polarization of dielectric materials.
• To describe the concepts of magneto-statics to calculate the magnetic flux and
inductance through magnetic cores.
• To apply Maxwell’s equation for electromagnetic wave propagation in different media.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Compute the spatial variations of physical quantities by using various coordinate
Systems.
2. Apply Coulomb’s law and Gauss’s law to calculate the electric force and field intensity for
various charge distributions.
Course
3. Derive the electric and magnetic boundary conditions between different media using Biot-
Outcomes
Savart’s law and Ampere’s circuital law.
4. Determine the value of capacitance and inductance for various charge distributions and
its application in power system.
5. Analyze the electromagnetic fields generated by dynamic charge distributions using
Maxwell's equations and electromagnetic wave equations.
Pre-requisite Physics for Electrical Sciences, Calculus and Differential Equations
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions
in the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Vector Analysis
Review of scalars and vectors - Vector Algebra - Vector components and Unit vectors - Vector field - Dot product
- Cross product - Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical coordinate systems - Gradient, Divergence and Curl -
Divergence theorem - Stokes’ theorem. [9]
Electrostatics
Coulomb’s law - Principle of superposition - Electric Field Intensity due to point charge, line charge, surface
charge and volume charge distribution - Electric flux density - Gauss’s law and applications - Potential and
Potential difference - Potential field of a point charge - conservative property - Potential gradient.
[9]
Conductors, Dielectrics and Capacitance
Current, Conduction and Displacement current - Current density - Continuity equation - Metallic Conductors -
Conductor properties - Dielectric materials - Dipole, Dipole Moment, polarization - Boundary conditions at the
interface of conductor and dielectric - Capacitance – Capacitance for different charge distribution - Multiple
dielectric capacitors – Energy stored in a capacitor - Energy density in Electrostatic field - Poisson’s and
Laplace’s equation - Uniqueness theorem.
[9]
Magnetostatics
Magnetic flux - Magnetic flux density - Distinction between B and H - Biot Savart’s law - Ampere’s circuital law -
Magnetic field due to straight conductors, circular loop, infinite sheet of current - Scalar & Vector magnetic
potential - Force on a Moving Charge - Torque on a closed circuit - Magnetic boundary conditions - Magnetic
circuit - Self and Mutual Inductances - Inductance of solenoid, toroid and co-axial cable.
[9]
Maxwell’s Equations and Wave Propagation
Faraday’s law of Electromagnetic Induction - Applications - Maxwell’s equation in point form and Integral form -
Uniform plane wave: wave propagation in free space - wave propagation in Dielectrics - Propagation in Good
Conductors. Poynting Theorem - Skin Effect - Standing wave ratio - Skin Depth. [9]

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Total Hours: 60 (L: 45 + T: 15)
Text book(s):
1. W.H.Hayt ,John A. Buck and Jaleel M. Akhtar , “ Engineering Electromagnetics”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing company limited, New Delhi, 9th Edition, 2020.
2. Mathew N.Sadiku- Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press, 6th Edition, 2014.
Reference(s):
1. Joseph. A.Edminister, ‘Electromagnetics’, 4th edition, Schaum Series, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
2. Kraus and Fleish, ‘Electromagnetics with Applications’, McGraw Hill International Editions, Fifth Edition,
2010.
3. S. R. Manohara and Shubha A, “Electricity, Magnetism and Electromagnetic Theory”, S. Chand Publishing,
2018.
4. nptel.ac.in/courses/115101005/

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
50 EE 303 - Electromagnetic
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fields
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology -Autonomous R2018
50 EE 304 - Electrical Machines I
B.E(EEE)
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P hrs C CA ES Total
III 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To enable, train and evaluate the ability of the students to perform the analysis of any
electromechanical system.
Course • To examine characteristic of static and dynamic dc machines
Objective(s) • To design and recommend low cost and high-performance machines which finds application
in modern industries, homes and offices
• To enable students to identify and solve DC machine and Transformer related problems.
• To illustrate the various tests for determination of DC Machines performances.
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Compute the force, torque and EMF developed in electromechanical energy conversion
Course systems.
Outcomes 2. Analyze different types of DC generators their characteristics, industrial applications, effect of
armature reaction and its assessment
3. Describe the principle of DC motor, electrical characteristics and industrial application,
purpose of starter and its design.
4. State and explain working principle, constructions as well as steady- state behaviour of an ac
static machine.
5. Test and calculate the performance parameters of DC machines and transformers.

Electromechanical Energy Conversion [9]

Review of magnetic circuits - MMF, flux, reluctance, inductance–Principles of electromechanical energy
conversion- Forcesand torque –Field energy and Co-energy - Single excited system –In terms of Field Energy
and Co energy – Energy in terms of Electrical parameters - multiple excited systems –Vital Role of Air gap –
statically induced EMF and Dynamically induced EMF.
DC Generators
Constructional details - Specific Loadings - Output equation - Main dimensions - Principles of operation -
EMF equation –Methods of excitation - Types of DC generators - OCC and Load characteristics of separately
excited, shunt and series generators - Armature reaction - Commutation - Methods of Improving Commutation
- Equalizing Connections - Parallel operation of D.C. Generators – Applications of D.C.Generators. [9]
DC Motors
Principle of operation – Back EMF - Significance of Back EMF–Types of DC Motors – Circuit model - Voltage
equation –Torque equations –Armature torque –Shaft torque – Condition for maximum power – Characteristics
of DC motors - Speed torque and Performance Characteristics –Speed control of D.C. motors–Factors
controlling motor speed – Methods of speed control: Field control, Armature control and Voltage control (Ward
Leonard system) - Starters: Necessity of a starter, Types of starters – Applications of DC Motors. [10]
Transformers
Constructional details - Output equation - Main dimensions - Principle of operation – EMF equation–
Transformation ratio –Transformer on no-load - Transformer on load –Equivalent circuit - Regulation - Parallel
operation of single phase transformers - Auto transformer –saving of copper –Three phase transformers –Types
of Connections - Y/Y - ∆/∆ - Y/∆ - ∆/Y - Open – Delta and Scott Connection - Three winding transformer, Power
and Distribution transformers - Cooling of transformers. [9]
Testing of DC Machines and Transformers
Losses and efficiency in DC machines –Condition for maximum efficiency – Brake test, Swinburne’s test and
Hopkinson’s test. Losses and efficiency in transformers – Condition for maximum efficiency - Polarity test, open
circuit and short circuit test - Sumpner’s test –All day efficiency. [8]
Total Hours: 60 (L: 45 + T: 15)
Textbook(s):
1. D.P.Kothari and I.J.Nagrath,‘Electric Machines’, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2006.
B.L.Theraja and A.K.Theraja,“A text book of Electrical Technology-Volume II (AC & DC Machines) S.Chand
2.
& Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
Reference(s):

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 A.E. Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley, Stephen.D.Umans, ‘Electric Machinery’, Tata McGraw Hill publishing
1.
Company Ltd, 2003.
2. K.MurugeshKumar,‘DC Machines and Transformers’, Vikas publishing house Pvt Ltd, 2004.
3. Stephen J. Chapman, ‘Electric Machinery Fundamentals’4th edition, McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
4. Education Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
P.C. Sen, ‘Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics’ John Wiley & Sons; 3rd Edition, 2013.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3

50 EE 304 - Electrical Machines I CO3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 2 3 2

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 CS 002 – Data Structures
Common to CS, IT, EE, EC
Hours / Week Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Total hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
III 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To choose the appropriate data structure for a specified application
• To design and implement abstract data types such as linked list, stack, queue and trees
Course
• To demonstrate various sorting, searching and graph algorithms
Objective(s)
• To Learn and implement the hashing techniques
• To design a Priority Queue ADT and its applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Express the concept of Linear data structures, applications and its implementations.
Course CO2: Appraise the knowledge of Tress with its operations.
Outcomes CO3: Recognize the concept of Sorting, Searching and its types.
CO4: Review various implementations and operations of Priority Queue and Hashing
Techniques.
CO5: Apply Shortest Path and Minimum Spanning Tree algorithms and Biconnectivity.
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may
decide the number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be
asked based on the number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
Lists, Stacks and Queues
Abstract Data Type (ADT) – The List ADT – The Stack ADT – The Queue ADT [12]
Suggested Activities:
Converting an algorithm from recursive to non-recursive using stack.
Demonstrating stack for Towers of Hanoi application.
Developing any application (student’s choice) using all the linear data structures.
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorials on applications of linear data structures.
Checking output of programs implemented.
Trees
Preliminaries – Binary Trees – The Search Tree ADT – Binary Search Trees – AVL Trees – Tree Traversals
– B – Trees – B+Trees. [9]
Suggested Activities:
Implementing binary tree and tree traversals.
Solving expressions using expression trees by determining infix, prefix and postfix expressions.
Developing any application using trees.
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorials on trees
Check output of programs implemented.
Quiz on various topics of the unit.
Sorting and Searching
Preliminaries – Insertion Sort – Shellsort – Heapsort – Mergesort – Quicksort – External Sorting –Searching:
Sequential search- Binary Search –Hashed list searches [7]
Suggested Activities:
External learning - External sorting implementation.
Implementation of all sorting techniques in C language.
Demonstration of searching techniques under best and worst case inputs.
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorials on external sorting.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Checking output of programs implemented
Hashing and Priority Queues (Heaps)
Hashing – Hash Function – Separate chaining – Open addressing – Rehashing – Extendible hashing –
Priority Queues (Heaps) – Model – Simple Implementations – Binary Heap – Applications of Priority Queues –
d –Heaps. [7]
Suggested Activities:
Implementation of Hashing
Implementation of simple applications of Priority queue
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorials on hashing
Check output of programs implemented.
Quiz on various topics of the module.
Graphs
Definitions – Topological Sort – Shortest-Path Algorithms – Unweighted Shortest Paths – Dijkstra’s Algorithm
– Minimum Spanning Tree – Prim’s Algorithm, Kruskal’s Algorithm – Applications of Depth-First Search –
Undirected Graphs – Biconnectivity. [10]
Suggested Activities:
Implementation of various shortest path algorithms
Implementation of Minimum Spanning Tree
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Tutorials on various topic of the module
Check output of programs implemented.
Quiz on various topics of the module.
Total Hours: 45 hours
Text book(s):
1. M. A. Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, 2 nd edition, Pearson Education Asia.2008.
2. Y. Langsam, M. J. Augenstein and A. M. Tenenbaum, “Data Structures using C”, Pearson Education
Asia, 2009.
Reference(s):
1. 1. Rajesh K.Sukla,” Data structure using C & C++”, Wiley India,2012.
2. 2 A. Tannenbaum, “Data Structure Using C”, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. 3 Goodrich & Tamassia, “Data Structures and Algorithms in C++”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
4. 4 Reema Thareja, “Data Structures Using C”, Second Edition, Oxford Higher Education, 2014.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 1 3 2 3 3

50 CS 002 – Data Structures CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 MY 004 - Universal Human Value
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
III 2 1 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To identify the essential complementarily between 'values' and 'skills'
• To ensure core aspirations of all human beings.
Objective(s) • To achieve holistic perspective towards life and profession
• To acquire ethical human conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behaviour
• To enrich interaction with Nature.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Become more aware of themselves, and their surroundings
Course CO2: Responsible in life, and in handling problems with sustainable solutions
Outcomes CO3: Maintain human relationships and human nature
CO4: Committed towards human values, human relationship and human society
CO5: Improve critical ability and apply it day-to-day life
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may decide the
number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be asked based on the
number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
Introduction to value Education [9]
Understanding value Education-Self exploration as the process for value education-Continuous Happiness and
prosperity-the basic human aspirations-right understanding-relationship and physical facility –happiness and
prosperity - current scenario – method to fulfill the basic human aspirations
Harmony in the Human Being [9]
Understanding Human being as the Co-Existence of the self and the Body-Distinguishing between the needs of
the self and the body-the body as an instrument of the self-understanding harmony in the self-harmony of the
self with the body – programme to ensure self-regulation and health
Harmony in the Family and Society [9]
Harmony in the Family –the basic unit of human interaction-values in human- to - human relationship –‘Trust’
the foundation value in relationship –‘Respect’- as the right evaluation-understanding harmony in the society –
vision for the universal human order.
Harmony in the Nature/Existence [9]
Understanding harmony in the Nature-Interconnectedness, self-regulation and mutual fulfillment among the four
orders of nature – realizing existence as co-existence at all levels –the holistic perception of harmony in
existence.
Implications of the Holistic Understanding [9]
Natural Acceptance of human values- definitiveness of human conduct- a basis for humanistic education,
humanistic constitution and universal human order- competence in professional ethics –holistic technologies,
production systems and management models-typical case studies – strategies for transition towards value base
life and profession
Total Hours: 45
Text Book(s):
1. A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics, R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, 2nd
Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-47-1
2. Teachers’ Manual for A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics, R R Gaur, R
Asthana, G P Bagaria, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-53-2
Reference(s)
1. Jeevan Vidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSO
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1

50 MY 004 - Universal Human

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1
Value

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

CO5 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz and Attendance

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 3P1 - Analog Electronics Laboratory
BE(EEE)
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
III 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• Identify the various semiconductor devices with their terminals and analyze their
characteristics.
• Design power amplifier circuits and analyse their output waveforms.
Course
Objective(s) • Realize and implement different applications of op–amp.
• Design and implement circuits using 555 timer.
• Design and implement circuits regulator LM 723 and study their responses
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Analyze the characteristics of semiconductor devices and determine the input and output
parameters.
Course 2. Design the class B Complementary symmetry push pull power amplifier and determine its
Outcomes efficiency.
3. Design op -amp based applications circuits and analyse their responses.
4. Design square waveform generator circuits using 555 timer and analyze their output.
5. Design and study the response of regulator circuit using LM723.

1. Determination of VI Characteristics of PN junction diode and Zener diode.

2. Determination of Input and Output Characteristics of BJT.
3. Determination of Drain and Transfer Characteristics of JFET and MOSFET.
4. Design of Complementary symmetry Push pull Power amplifier
5. Design and implementation of Inverting and Non -inverting amplifiers using Op-Amp.
6. Design and implementation of Differentiator and Integrator using Op-Amp.
7. Design and implementation of comparators and zero crossing detector using Op-Amp.
8. Design and implementation of first order low pass active filter using Op-Amp.
9. Design and implementation of Astable and Monostable multivibrator using NE555 timer.
10. Design and implementation of regulated DC power supply using LM 723.
11. Analog Simulation of semiconductor devices and Op-amp based circuits using MATLAB.

Reference(s):
1. “Analog Electronics Laboratory Manual” by EEE Staff Members

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Pos PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
50 EE 3P1 - Analog Electronics
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3
Laboratory
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Mini Project, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K. S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 CS 0P2 - Data Structures Laboratory
Common to CS, IT, EE, EC
Semester Hours / Week Total hrs Credit Maximum Marks
L T P C CA ES Total
60
III 0 0 4 2 60 40 100
• To design and implement simple linear and non linear data structures
• To strengthen the ability to identify and apply the suitable data structure for the given real
world problem
Course
• To program for storing data as tree structure and implementation of various traversal
Objective(s)
Techniques
• To implement sorting and searching techniques
• To gain knowledge of graph applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the implementation of Linear Data structures and its applications.
Course CO2: Investigate Balanced Parenthesis and Postfix expressions with the help of Stack
Outcomes ADT.
CO3: Implement Non-Linear Data Structure.
CO4: Implement sorting and searching techniques.
CO5: Implement Shortest Path and Minimum Spanning Tree algorithm.
1. 1. Implementation of List Abstract Data Type (ADT)
2. Implementation of Stack ADT
3. Implementation of Queue ADT
4. Implementation of stack applications:
(a) Program for ‘Balanced Parenthesis’
(b) Program for ‘Evaluating Postfix Expressions’
5. Search Tree ADT
6. Implementation of Internal Sorting
7. Develop a program for external sorting
8. Develop a program for various Searching Techniques.
9. Implementation of Shortest Path algorithm
10. Implementation of Minimum Spanning tree algorithm.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3

50 CS 0P2 - Data Structures

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
Laboratory

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K. S. Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
Semester III
Hours/Week Credit Maximum Marks
Course Course Name
Code L T P C CA ES Total

50 TP 0P1 Career Competency Development I 0 0 2 0 100 00 100

• To help learners to enrich their grammatical correctness and vocabulary efficacy in the
academic and professional contexts.
• To help the learners to frame syntactical structures of sentences and comprehend the meaning
of reading passages effectively
Course • To help learners to adeptly sequence the information, draft letters and correct usage of foreign
Objectives words with correct spelling and punctuation.
• To help the learners to introduce themselves and involve in situation conversations
professionally
• To help learners to make various modes of presentations and express their opinion in a
conducive way.
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Reinforce the essential grammatical correctness and vocabulary efficacy in the academic and
professional contexts
Course 2. Generate syntactical structures and infer the semantics in the reading passages effectively
Outcomes 3. Reorganize and compose the sequential information, letter drafts, and interpret the
appropriate usage of foreign words with correct spelling and punctuation
4. Demonstrate their introduction and relate to situational conversations adeptly
5. Exhibit various modes of presentations and organize their opinions in an expressive way
Unit – 1 Written Communication – Part 1 Hrs
Usage of noun, pronoun, adjective (Comparative Forms), Verb, Adjectives, Adverb, Tenses, Articles
and Preposition - Change of Voice - Change of Speech - Synonyms & Antonyms - One Word 8
Substitution - Using the Same Word as Different Parts of Speech - Odd Man Out
Materials: Instructor Manual, Word Power Made Easy Book
Unit – 2 Written Communication – Part 2
Analogies - Sentence Formation - Sentence Completion - Sentence Correction - Idioms & Phrases -
Jumbled Sentences, Letter Drafting (Formal Letters) - Reading Comprehension (Level 1) - Contextual 6
Usage -
Materials: Instructor Manual, Word Power Made Easy Book
Unit – 3 Written Communication – Part 3
Jumbled Sentences, Letter Drafting (Formal Letters) - Foreign Language Words used in English - - 4
Spelling & Punctuation (Editing)
Materials: Instructor Manual, News Papers
Unit – 4 Oral Communication – Part 1
Self-Introduction - Situational Dialogues / Role Play (Telephonic Skills) - Oral Presentations-Prepared 6
-'Just A Minute' Sessions (JAM)
Materials: Instructor Manual, News Papers
Unit – 5 Oral Communication – Part 2
Describing Objects / Situations / People, Information Transfer - Picture Talk - News Paper and Book 6
Review
Materials: Instructor Manual, News Papers
Total 30
Evaluation Criteria
S.No. Particular Test Portion Mark
s
Evaluation 1 50 Questions – 30Questions from Unit 1 & 2, 20
1 50
Written Test Questions from Unit 3, (External Evaluation)

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Evaluation 2 Self-Introduction, Role Play & Picture Talk from Unit-4
2 Oral Communication 1 30
(External Evaluation by English and MBA Dept.)
Evaluation 3 Book Review & Prepared Speech from Unit-5
3 Oral Communication 2 20
(External Evaluation by English and MBA Dept.)
Total
100
Reference Books
1. Aggarwal, R.S. “A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non-verbal Reasoning”, Revised Edition 2008, Reprint
2009, S.Chand& Co Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Word Power Made Easy by Norman Lewis W.R. GOYAL Publications

Note:
• Instructor can cover the syllabus by Class room activities and Assignments (5 Assignments/week)
• Instructor Manual has Class work questions, Assignment questions and Rough work pages
• Each Assignment has 20 questions from Unit 1, 2 and Unit 5 and 5 questions from Unit 3 and 4
• Evaluation has to be conducted as like Lab Examination.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 3 3 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 2 2

50 TP 0P1 - Career Competency

CO3 2 2 3 3 3 3
Development I

CO4 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 3 3 3 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 401 - Digital Electronics
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
IV 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To familiarize number systems and codes, basic postulates of Boolean algebra and
Course show the correlation between Boolean expressions.
Objective(s) • To elucidate various types of logic gates
• To design and analyze combinational circuits and sequential circuits.
• To design and analyze Asynchronous sequential circuits.
• To Introduce the concept of memories and programmable logic devices.
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. Explain the fundamentals of numbering system, Binary arithmetic, apply the Boolean
laws and reduce the Boolean functions using K-map.
2. Implement the Boolean functions using logic gates and design the combinational logic
circuits
Course 3. Design and analyze the clocked sequential circuits
Outcomes 4. Analyze the asynchronous sequential circuits and design the fundamental mode circuits.
5. Design and analyze various memory devices.
Pre- Basic concepts of number system, Basic knowledge of electronic circuits, Basic concepts
requisite of circuit theory
Number Systems - Review of Number Systems: Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal - conversion
methods - complements - signed and unsigned Binary numbers. Binary codes: Weighted and non W eighted
codes - ASCII - Error detecting code - Boolean postulates and laws – De Morgan’s Theorem - Principle of
Duality-Boolean expression-Minimization of Boolean expressions - Sum of Products (SOP) - Product of Sums
(POS)-Canonical forms - Karnaugh map Minimization - Don’t care conditions. [8]
Logic Gates and Combinational Circuits - Review of Logic Gates: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, Exclusive
- OR and Exclusive - NOR, Implementations of logic functions using gates, NAND - NOR implementations -
TTL and CMOS Logic families and their characteristics - Tristate gates - Combinational Circuits: Design
procedure – Adders - Subtractors - Serial adder/Subtractor-Parallel adder/Subtractor-BCD adder-Magnitude
Comparator – Multiplexer / Demultiplexer - encoder/decoder - parity generator and checker - code
converters: binary to gray, gray to binary, BCD to excess3 code. [9]

Sequential Circuits - Flip flops: SR, JK, T, D and Master slave - Characteristic table and equation -
Application table - Edge triggering - Level Triggering - Realization of one flip flop using other flip flops -
Asynchronous /Ripple counters - Synchronous counters - Modulo - n counter - Classification of sequential
circuits - Moore and Mealy machines - Analysis of clocked sequential circuits: state equation-State table -
State diagram - State reduction& assignment- Register: shift registers- Universal shift register. [10]

Asynchronous Sequential Circuits - Analysis procedure - Transition table - Flow table - Race conditions -
Design of fundamental mode circuits – Primitive flow table - Reduction of state and flow table - Race free state
assignment-Hazards: Static, Dynamic, Essential - Design of Hazard free switching circuits. [9]
Memory Devices - Review of memories: ROM - PROM - EPROM - EEPROM - EAPROM, RAM - W rite
operation - Read operation - Memory cycle - Timing waveforms - Memory decoding - memory expansion -
Static RAM Cell - Dynamic RAM cell - Programmable Logic Devices: Programmable Logic Array (PLA)-
Programmable Array Logic (PAL) - Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) - Field Programmable Analog
Array (FPAA) - Implementation of combinational logic circuits using ROM, PLA, PAL. [9]
Hands on Practice: (MATLab / SCILab / Any other open Source)
Logic gates, Combinational circuits, Synchronous Sequential circuits.
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. M. Morris R. Mano and Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design: With an Introduction to the Verilog HDL, VHDL,
and System Verilog”, 6th Edition, Pearson,2018
2. A.Anand Kumar, ‘Fundamentals of Digital Circuits’,5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2016.
Reference(s):
1. Donald P. Leach and Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha, ‘Digital Principles and Applications’,8th Edition,

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Tata Mc Graw-Hill, NewDelhi,2015.
2. S.Salivahanan and S.Arivazhagan, ‘Digital Circuits and Design’, 5th Edition, Oxford University
Press,2018
3. John F. Wakerly, ‘Digital Design: principles and practices’, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
4. R P Jain, ‘Modern Digital Electronics’, Fourth Edition Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd, 2015.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

50 EE 401 - Digital Electronics CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 402 - Electrical Machines – II
B.E (EEE)
Credi
Hours / Week Total Maximum Marks
Semester t
hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
IV 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• Describe the construction, working principle and performance of synchronous Generator
• Illustrate the construction, working principle and performance of synchronous motor
Course • Describe the working principle induction motor and determine their applications from their
Objective(s) characteristics
• Classify the starting and speed control methods of induction motor
• Construct the various special machines with its applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Describe the principle of operation, types and performance of Synchronous generator.
2. Estimate the voltage regulation of different types of alternator from test data.
3. Demonstrate the various parts of synchronous motor and explain its operating principle,
Course
performance and speed control.
Outcomes
4. Explain the principle of operation, types, starting, speed control and performance of
Induction Motors.
5. Describe the construction and operation of special electrical machines and identify its
applications.
Prerequisite Knowledge on Electromagnetic Fields and Electrical Machines – I
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions in
the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR
Construction - Armature Winding - Winding Factors - EMF Equation - Armature Reaction - Voltage Regulation -
Predetermination of Regulation by Synchronous Impedance, MMF and Potier Methods - Power Flow Equations -
Parallel Operations - Synchronization and Synchronizing Power - Synchronizing to Infinite Busbar - Slip Test. [11]
SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
Construction - Specific loading - output equation - main dimensions(D&L), Principle of Operation - Methods of
Starting - Phasor Diagrams - Power Flow Equations - Effect of Varying Field Current and Load - V and Inverted V
Curves - Synchronous Condenser - Hunting and Suppression Techniques. [9]
THREE PHASE INDUCTION MACHINES
Construction - Specific loading - output equation - main dimensions (D&L) - Types - Principle of Operation -
Equivalent Circuit - Phasor Diagram - Power across Air-gap, Torque and Power Output - Slip -Torque
Characteristics - No-Load and Blocked Rotor Tests - Circle Diagram - Methods of Starting of Induction Motors -
Cogging and Crawling - Speed Control - Braking - Induction Generators. [11]
SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR
Construction - Principle of Operation - Double Field Revolving Theory - Types - Methods of Starting - Equivalent
Circuit - Applications. [7]
SPECIAL MACHINES
Working principles and construction: Stepper motor - Types - Permanent magnet DC motor - Permanent magnet
synchronous motor - Repulsion motor - Switched reluctance motor - Hysteresis motor -Universal motor –
Applications - Economic Benefits of Energy-Efficient Electrical Machines - A Case Study.
[7]
Hands on Practice : (MATLab / SCILab / Any other Open Source)
Speed control of Induction motor using V/f method.
Total Hours: 60 (L: 45 + T: 15)
Text book(s):
1 D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, ‘Electric Machines’, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 5th Edition,
2017.
2 B.L.Theraja and A.K.Theraja, “A text book of Electrical Technology - Volume II (AC & DC Machines)”,

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 S.Chand& Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
Reference(s):
1 A.E. Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley, Stephen.D.Umans, ‘Electric Machinery’, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd, 2013.
2 K.Murugesh Kumar, ‘Induction & Synchronous Machines’, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2000.
3 B.R.Gupta and V Singhal, “Fundamentals of Electrical Machines” New Age International Publishers, New
Delhi, 2005.
4 Electrical Machines - II, NPTEL- https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106072

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3

50 EE 402 - Electrical Machines - II CO3 3 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2

CO5 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE403 - Measurements and Instrumentation
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To educate the fundamental concepts of general instrument system.
• To impart the knowledge on various types of measuring instruments.
Course
• To expose the students with knowledge on various bridges for measuring R, L and C.
Objective(s)
• To identify the suitable transducers for measuring non-electrical parameters.
• To study the principle of working and applications of special Instruments.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Analyse the types of characteristics, errors of an instrument and do the calibration of
instruments.
Course
2. Describe the principle and analyze operation of analog instruments.
Outcomes
3. Determine the Electrical Parameters R, L and C by various bridge circuits.
4. Determine the non-electrical quantities by various transducer measurement technique.
5. Describe the principle and working of digital instruments.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions in
the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Introduction
Functional elements of an instrument - static and dynamic characteristics - error analysis - standards and calibration.
[5]
Analog Instruments
D‘Arsonval Galvanometer. Moving iron: attraction and repulsion type instruments, errors. Moving coil instruments
Torque equations and errors. Extension of ranges, use of shunts and multipliers. Dynamometer type wattmeter -
Torque expression, Errors. Energy meters, Calibration of energy meters. Measurement of power using Instrument
Transformers. Power factor meter. [10]
Measurement of Electrical Parameters:
Resistance Measurement: Substitution method, Loss of charge method, Wheatstone bridge, Kelvin’s double bridge -
Measurement of Earth resistance, Insulation resistance - Megger.
Measurement of Inductance and Capacitance: Maxwell’s Bridge, Anderson Bridge, Desauty’s Bridge and Schering
bridge - Transformer ratio bridges. [10]
Measurement of Mechanical Parameters
Transducers - Classifications, Principle of operation of Strain Gauge, Inductive and capacitive transducers, LVDT,
Piezo electric transducers. Encoders. smart sensors, and photo sensors and its applications. Measurement of
Pressure - High Pressure and low pressure measurement.
Measurement of Temperature - Resistance thermometer, thermistor and thermocouple. [10]
Digital and Special Purpose Instruments
Digital voltmeter - Types: Ramp and Integrating - Digital Multimeter - digital three phase Real power and Energy
measurement - Digital Storage Oscilloscope.
Power quality analyzer - Anemometer - Optical and Radiation Pyrometers-Tan Delta meter - Partial Discharge Meter
- Instruments for energy auditing - Introduction to Smart energy meter. [10]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Sawhney A K, A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation‖, Dhanpat Rai & Sons,
New Delhi, 2011.
2. Doeblin E O and Dhanesh N Manik, Measurement Systems", McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
Reference(s):
1. Helfrick, D. Albert and Cooper, W.D., “Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques”, Prentice Hall
of India Limited, New Delhi, 2010.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
2. Rangan, C.S., Sharma, G.R., Mani, V.S., “Instrumentation Devices and Systems”, 2nd edition Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2010.
3. H.S. Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
4. David A. Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

50 EE 403 - Measurements and

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
Instrumentation

CO4 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous - R2018
50 MA 009 - Statistics and Numerical Methods
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
IV 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To learn basic concepts in descriptive statistics
• To introduce the basic concepts of distributions and to familiarize the students with
various methods in hypothesis testing.
Course
• To get exposed to various statistical methods designed to make scientific judgments.
Objective(s)
• To describe the concepts of solving system of equations and first order linear differential
equations.
• To solve initial value problems of ordinary differential equations numerically
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Apply the concepts in descriptive statistics to calculate measures of central tendency,
measures of dispersion, correlation and regression.
CO2: Analyze and apply the concepts of some standard distributions and test the statistical
Course
hypothesis using Student’s t test, F test and Chi-square test.
Outcomes
CO3: Analyze the design of experiments using CRD, RBD and Latin square.
CO4: Analyze various iteration techniques to solve the algebraic, transcendental and linear
equations.
CO5: Compute the solution for initial value problem using single and multi-step methods.
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions in
the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Basic Statistics
Measures of central tendency: Mean, Median and Mode- measures of dispersion: Range, Quartile deviation and
Standard deviation - measures of skewness: Bowley’s coefficient of skewness - Pearson’s coefficient of skewness -
moments - kurtosis - correlation - rank correlation - regression. [10]
Distributions and Testing of Hypothesis
Binomial, Poisson, Exponential, Gamma and Normal distributions - Small sample tests based on
t, distributions - Contingency table (Test for Independency) - Goodness of fit. [9]
Design of Experiments
One way classification - Completely randomized design - Two way classification - Randomized block design - Latin
square design - 22 factorial design. [9]
Solution of Equations and Eigen Value Problems
Newton Raphson method - Regula false method - Horner’s method - Gauss elimination method - Gauss Jordan
method - Iterative methods of Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel - Eigen values of a matrix by power method.[8]

Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations

Single step methods: Taylor’s series method - Euler’s and modified Euler’s methods - Fourth order Runge - Kutta
method for solving first order equations - Multistep methods: Milne’s and Adam’s predictor and corrector methods.
[9]
Total Hours: 60 (L: 45 + T: 15)
Text book(s):
Grewal B.S and Grewal J.S., “Numerical methods in Engineering and Science”, 9th Edition, Khanna
1.
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
Veerarajan T., “Probability, Statistics and Random process”, 3rd Edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publications, New
2.
Delhi, 2008.
Reference(s):
Gupta, S.C, and Kapur, J.N., “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sultan Chand, Ninth edition, New
1.
Delhi, 1996.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Kandasamy P., Thilakavathy K. and Gunavathy K., “Numerical Methods”, 3rd Edition, S.Chand and Co., New
2.
Delhi, 2003.
3. “Numerical methods” - Dr.Ameeya Kumar Nayak ,Dr.Sanjeev Kumar, NPTEL online video courses.
4. Basic statistic - nptel nptel.ac.in/courses/105103140/2

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

50 MA 009 - Statistics and

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3
Numerical Methods

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 3

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K. S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 CS 003 – Object Oriented Programming
Common to CS, IT, EE, NST
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
III / IV 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To enable the students to learn how C++ supports object Oriented properties
• To create and use classes, objects, constructors and destructors for specific applications
Course • To learn how inheritance and virtual functions implement dynamic binding with
Objective(s) polymorphism.
• To learn how to design and implement generic classes with C++ templates.
• To learn how to use exception handling in C++ programs.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Recognize the principles of object-oriented problem solving and programming.
Course
2. Implement the concept of classes and objects.
Outcomes
3. Analyze the concept of reusability and compile time polymorphism.
4. Recognize the concept of dynamic memory allocation and runtime polymorphism.
5. Identify the uses of generic programming and exception handling.
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may
decide the number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be
asked based on the number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
Introduction to C++ and Functions:
Evolution of C++ - Concepts of OOP – Advantages of OOP, Basics of C++: Structure of a C++ Program–
Streams in C++ and Stream Classes – Unformatted Console I/O Operations, C++ Declarations, Functions:
Return by Reference –Default Arguments – Const arguments – Inline Functions – Function Overloading.
[9]
Suggested Activities:
Knowing the concepts of OOPS, structure of OOPS.
Developing simple programs in C++ basics, functions and its types
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Checking output of programs implemented
Group Discussion on OOPS features and difference between C and C++
Quiz for the above topics.
Classes and Objects, Constructors and Destructors:
Classes in C++ - Declaring Objects- Access Specifiers and their Scope – Defining Member Functions – Static
Members – Array of Objects – Object as Function Arguments – Friend Function and Friend Classes,
Constructors and Destructors: Characteristics – Parameterized Constructor – Overloading Constructor – Copy
Constructor – Dynamic Initialization Constructor – Destructors. [9]
Suggested Activities:
Simple programs using classes and objects, static members
Implementation of simple programs using constructor and destructor
Implementation of simple programs using friend functions and classes, array of objects
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Quiz for the above activities.
Checking output of programs implemented
Group Discussion for the above activities
Inheritance, Compile Time Polymorphism and Type Conversion:
Inheritance: Reusability – Types of Inheritance – Abstract Classes – Object as Class Member, Operator
Overloading: Rules for Operator Overloading – The Keyword Operator –Unary and Binary Operators
Overloading-Overloading using Friend Function – Type Conversion. [10]
Suggested Activities:
Implement inheritance and its types in C++ program
Implement compile time polymorphism and unary, binary operator overloading concept in C++ program.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Quiz for the above activities.
Checking output of programs implemented
Group discussion on overloading using friend Function and type conversion
Pointers, Memory Models, Binding and Polymorphism:
Pointers: Pointer to Class – Pointer to Object – void, wild and this Pointers – Pointer to Constant and Constant
Pointers, Memory Models: Dynamic Memory Allocation – Heap Consumption – Dynamic Objects,
Polymorphism: Binding in C++ - Pointer to Base and Derived class objects – Working with Virtual Functions –
Pure Virtual Functions – Object Slicing – Virtual Destructor. [9]

Suggested Activities:
Develop simple programs using pointers and its types
Develop simple programs using virtual functions
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Quiz for the above activities.
Checking output of programs implemented
Group discussion on pure virtual function and virtual destructor.

Generic Programming with Templates, Exception Handling:

Class Templates – Function Templates – Exception Handling: Principles of Exception Handling – try, throw
and catch keywords – Re-throwing Exception – Specifying Exception. [8]
Suggested Activities:
Develop simple programs on class template and function template.
Develop simple programs using exceptional handling and its types.
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
Quiz for the above activities.
Checking output of programs implemented
Group discussion on Exceptional handling Concepts
Total Hours: 45 hours
Text book(s):
1. Ashok N. Kamthane, “Programming in C++”, Pearson, Second Edition, 2016.
2. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference C++”, Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.
Reference(s):
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, “The C++ programming language”, Addison Wesley, 2013.
2. Venugopal K.R., Rajkumar Buyya, ”Mastering C++”, Second Edition,McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.
3. Rajesh K. Shukla, ”Object-Oriented Programming in C++”, Wiley-India Edition, 2008
4. E Balagurusamy, ”Object Oriented Programming with C++”, Sixth Edition, McGraw-Hill Education,
2013.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
50 CS 003 – Object Oriented
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
Programming
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 MY 014 - Start-ups and Entrepreneurship
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
IV 2 0 0 30 - 100 - 100
• To provides practical proven tools for transforming an idea into a product or service that
creates value for others
• To build a winning strategy, how to shape a unique value proposition, prepare a business
Course
plan
Objective(s)
• To impart practical knowledge on business opportunities
• To inculcate the habit of becoming entrepreneur
• To know the financing, growth and new venture & its problems
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Transform ideas into real products, services and processes, by validating the idea, testing
it, and turning it into a growing, profitable and sustainable business.
2. Identify the major steps and requirements in order to estimate the potential of an
innovative idea as the basis of an innovative project.
Course
3. Reach creative solutions via an iteration of a virtually endless stream of world-changing
Outcomes
ideas and strategies, integrating feedback, and learning from failures along the way.
4. Apply the 10 entrepreneurial tools in creating a business plan for a new innovative
venture.
5. Apply methods and strategies learned from interviews with startup entrepreneurs and
innovators.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship & Entrepreneur
Meaning and concept of Entrepreneurship, the history of Entrepreneurship development, Myths of
Entrepreneurship, role of Entrepreneurship in Economic Development, Agencies in Entrepreneurship
Management and Future of Entrepreneurship.
The Entrepreneur: Meaning, the skills required to be an entrepreneur, the entrepreneurial decision process,
Role models, Mentors and Support system. [6]
Business Opportunity Identification and Preparing a Business Plan
Business ideas, methods of generating ideas, and opportunity recognition, Idea Generation Process, Feasibility
study, preparing a Business Plan: Meaning and significance of a business plan, components of a business
plan. [6]
Innovations
Innovation and Creativity - Introduction, Innovation in Current. Environment, Types of Innovation, School of
Innovation, Analysing the Current Business Scenario, Challenges of Innovation, Steps of Innovation
Management, Experimentation in Innovation Management, Participation for Innovation, Co-creation for
Innovation, Proto typing to Incubation. Blue Ocean Strategy-I, Blue Ocean Strategy-II. Marketing of Innovation,
Technology Innovation Process. [6]
Financing & Launching the New Venture
Importance of new venture financing, types of ownership, venture capital, types of debt securities, determining
ideal debt-equity mix, and financial institutions and banks.
Launching the New Venture: Choosing the legal form of new venture, protection of intellectual property, and
formation of the new venture. [6]
Managing Growth & Rewards in New Venture
Characteristics of high growth new ventures, strategies for growth, and building the new ventures.
Managing Rewards: Exit strategies for Entrepreneurs, Mergers and Acquisition, Succession and exit strategy,
managing failures – bankruptcy. [6]
Total Hours: 30
Text book(s):
Stephen Key, “One Simple Idea for Startups and Entrepreneurs: Live Your Dreams and Create Your Own
1.
Profitable Company” 1st Edition, Tata Mc Graw hill Company, New Delhi, 2013.
Charles Bamford and Garry Bruton, “ENTREPRENEURSHIP: The Art, Science, and Process for
2.
Success”, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw hill Company, New Delhi, 2016.
Reference(s):

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Philip Auerswald, “The Coming Prosperity: How Entrepreneurs Are Transforming the Global
1.
Economy”, Oxford University Press, 2012.
Janet Kiholm Smith; Richard L. Smith; Richard T. Bliss, “Entrepreneurial Finance: Strategy, Valuation, and
2.
Deal Structure, Stanford Economics and Finance”, 2011.
Edward D. Hess, “Growing an Entrepreneurial Business: Concepts and Cases”, Stanford Business Books,
3.
2011.
Howard Love, “The Start-Up J Curve: The Six Steps to Entrepreneurial Success”, Book Group Press,
4.
2011.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 1

CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
50 MY 014 - Start-ups and
CO3 3 2 3 1 2 1 3 1 3 3
Entrepreneurship
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Seminar and Attendance

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 4P1- Electrical Machines Laboratory
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
IV 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• Determine the performance characteristics of the given DC motors from the test data.
• Determine the regulation and efficiency of the given transformers from the test data
• Estimate the voltage regulation of alternator from test data and analyze the effect of
various factors such as armature resistance, armature reactance, leakage reactance and
Course power factor on regulation.
Objective(s)
• Formulate of two reaction model of salient pole synchronous machines from test data and
predetermine the voltage regulation using quadrature axis and direct axis reactance.
• Calculate the performance of induction motor from test data and analyze the effect of
speed, power factor line current and efficiency under different loading conditions.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Test and analyze the performance of DC Machines.
2. Conduct the experiment and analyze the performance of transformers

Course 3. Inspect the regulation of alternators from various methods.

Outcomes 4. Measure parameters of synchronous motor under no load condition and distinguish
between V and inverted V curves.
5. Analyze the performance of induction motors with no load and full load condition.

1. Determination of Load characteristics of DC Motors

2. Determination of Open circuit and load characteristics of DC self and separately excited generators.
3. Predetermination of performance of DC Machines by Swimburn’s and Hopkinson’s test
4. Load test and No load tests on transformer for performance characteristics.
5. Regulation of three phase alternator by EMF, MMF and ZPF methods
6. Load test on induction motors.
7. V and Inverted V curves of Three Phase Synchronous Motor
8. Speed control of DC shunt motor and three phase induction motor.
9. Predetermination of performance calculations on three phase induction motor – Equivalent Circuit.
10. Load test on three phase Alternators.
Lab Manual:
1 “Electrical Machines Lab Manual” by EEE staff members

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

50 EE 4P1 - Electrical Machines

CO3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
Laboratory

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K. S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 CS 0P3 - Object Oriented Programming Laboratory
Common to EE, NST
Hours / Week Total hrs Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P C CA ES Total
60
III / IV 0 0 4 2 60 40 100
• To design various UML diagrams and develop object oriented programs using C++ with
associated libraries.
Course • To learn how to implement class, objects, constructors and destructors in C++.
Objective(s) • To learn how to overload functions and operators in C++.
• To learn how inheritance promote code reuse in C++.
• To apply exception handling and use built in classes from STL.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the input/output operations and user defined functions
Course
CO2: Implement the concept of class and objects
Outcomes
CO3: Demonstrate the concept of reusability and compile time polymorphism
CO4: Implement the concept of dynamic objects and runtime polymorphism
CO5: Demonstrate the concept of templates and exception handling
1. Construct a C++ program to manage the input and output operations using stream classes
2. Construct a C++ program to manage large amount of statements using functions
3. Design a C++ program to implement the concept of class and objects
4. Develop a C++ program to initialize the class members using constructors and destroy the objects by
using destructor
5. Design a C++ program for reusability using inheritance
6. Write a C++ program to perform compile time polymorphism
7. Develop a C++ program to implement the concept of dynamic objects
8. Develop a C++ program to implement runtime polymorphism
9. Develop a C++ program to allow functions and classes to operate with generic types using templates.
10. Construct a class in C++ to handle predefined and user defined exceptions

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

50 CS 0P3 - Object Oriented

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
Programming Laboratory

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
Semester IV
Hours/Week Credit Maximum Marks
Course Code Course Name
L T P C CA ES Total
50 TP 0P2 Career Competency Development II 0 0 2 0 100 00 100
• To help the learners to paraphrase the reading passages, to draft continuous writing and
review texts in the academic and professional contexts
• To help the learners to acquire the phonetic skills of the language and express
themselves precisely for effective professional presentations
Course • To help the learners to enrich their verbal reasoning and ability to match the employability
Objectives requirements of the corporates
• To help the learners to comprehend the preliminary level of aptitude skills required to
attend placement and competitive online exams
• To help the learners to comprehend the Pre - Intermediate level of aptitude skills required
to attend placement and competitive online exams
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Interpret and infer the meaning in the reading passages, organize continuous writing and
review texts both academically and professionally.
2. Adapt to and demonstrate the phonetic skills accurately for effective presentations
professionally.
Course
3. Interpret the various concepts of verbal reasoning and relate for the concepts to the
Outcomes
requirements of the competitive exams and employability
4. Infer the concepts of preliminary level of aptitude skills pertaining to competitive exams
and company recruitments.
5. Infer the concepts of pre-intermediate level of aptitude skills pertaining to competitive
exams and company recruitments.
Unit – 1 Written Communication – Part 3 Hrs
Reading Comprehension Level 2 (Paraphrasing Poems) - Letter Drafting - Email Writing - Paragraph
Writing - Newspaper and Book Review Writing - Skimming and Scanning - Interpretation of Pictorial
Representations. 6
Practices: Sentence Completion - Sentence Correction - Jumbled Sentences - Synonyms &
Antonyms - Using the Same Word as Different Parts of Speech - Editing
Materials: Instructor Manual, Word power Made Easy Book, News Papers
Unit – 2 Oral Communication – Part 3
Self-Introduction - Miming (Body Language) - Introduction to the Sounds of English - Vowels,
Diphthongs & Consonants, Introduction to Stress and Intonation - Extempore - News Paper and Book 4
Review - Technical Paper Presentation.
Material: Instructor Manual, News Papers
Unit – 3 Verbal Reasoning – Part 1
Analogies - Alphabet Test - Theme Detection - Family Tree - Blood Relations (Identifying relationships 8
among group of people) - Coding & Decoding - Situation Reaction Test - Statement & Conclusions
Material: Instructor Manual, Verbal Reasoning by R.S.Aggarwal
Unit – 4 Quantitative Aptitude – Part 1
Problem on Ages - Percentages - Profit and Loss - Simple & Compound Interest - Averages - Ratio, 6
Proportion
Material: Instructor Manual, Aptitude Book
Unit – 5 Quantitative Aptitude – Part 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Speed, Time & Work and Distance - Pipes and Cisterns - Mixtures and Allegations - Races - Problem
on Trains - Boats and Streams 6
Practices: Puzzles, Sudoku, Series Completion, Problem on Numbers
Material: Instructor Manual, Aptitude Book
Total 30

Evaluation Criteria
S.No. Particular Test Portion Marks
15 Questions Each from Unit
1 Evaluation 1 - Written Test 1, 3, 4 & 5(External 50
Evaluation)
Extempore & Miming – Unit 2
2 Evaluation 2 - Oral Communication 30
(External Evaluation by English, MBA Dept.)
Evaluation 3 - Technical Paper
3 Internal Evaluation by the Dept. 20
Presentation
Total 100
Reference Books
1. Aggarwal, R.S. “A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non-verbal Reasoning”, Revised Edition 2008,
Reprint 2009, S.Chand & Co Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Abhijit Guha, “Quantitative Aptitude”, TMH, 3rd edition
3. Objective Instant Arithmetic by M.B. Lal & Goswami Upkar Publications.
4. Word Power Made Easy by Norman Lewis W.R. GOYAL Publications
Note:
• Instructor can cover the syllabus by Class room activities and Assignments (5 Assignments/week)
• Instructor Manual has Class work questions, Assignment questions and Rough work pages
• Each Assignment has 20 questions from Unit 1, 3, 4 and Unit 5 and 5 questions from Unit 2.
• Evaluation has to be conducted as like Lab Examination.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 2

50 TP 0P2 - Career Competency

CO3 3 3 3 2 2
Development II

CO4 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 2

CO5 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 501 – Generation Transmission and Distribution
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
V 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• Describe the various types of power generation resources to be connected in
Transmission & distributed system.
• Design the transmission line model and analyze the various factors that affect the
Course
performance of Transmission lines.
Objective(s)
• Estimate the mechanical design of transmission system
• Classify the underground cables and calculate the various factors
• The technical aspects and design considerations in DC and AC distribution
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. List the various power generation plants connected to Grid.
2. Compute resistance, Inductance and Capacitance of various types of Transmission lines.
Course
3. Analyse various factors governing the performance of Transmission Line and calculation
Outcomes
of sag for different types of Transmission systems.
4. Construct the Underground Cables and analyze the various factors.
5. Design the DC and AC Distribution systems and inspect with load modeling.
Prerequisite Knowledge on Electrical Circuits and Electrical Machines
Generation
Structure of Power System – comparison of renewable and non - renewable sources - Schematic Arrangement
of Steam, Hydro-electric, Diesel, Nuclear, Gas Turbine Power Plant - Comparison of the Various Power Plants.
Location of power plants in India. [3]
Transmission Line Parameters
Components of overhead lines - Conductor materials - Types of Conductors: Stranded, ACSR and Bundled
conductors – transmission line constants - Inductance and Capacitance calculation: Single phase 2 wire system,
Three phase symmetrical, asymmetrical and transposed systems, Double circuit symmetrical and transposed
systems - Concept of Self and Mutual GMD - Skin Effect - Proximity Effect - Ferranti Effect – Corona -
Description of the phenomenon, factors affecting corona, critical voltages and power loss, Radio Interference.
Concept of Electromagnetic and Electrostatic Interference. [12]
Modeling of Transmission Lines
Classification of Transmission Lines - Short, medium and long line and their model - representations - Nominal-
T, Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants. Mathematical Solutions to estimate regulation and efficiency of all
types of lines- Long Transmission Line-Rigorous Solution, evaluation of A,B,C,D Constants, Interpretation of the
Long Line Equations – Representation of Long lines – Equivalent T and Equivalent – π, Numerical Problems. –
Surge Impedance and surge Impedance loading, charging current, Need of Shunt Compensation. Sag and
Tension Calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers, Effect of Wind and Ice on weight of Conductor,
Numerical Problems - Introduction to under water cables. [12]
Insulators and Power Cables
Types of Insulators, String efficiency and Methods for improvement, Numerical Problems – Voltage Distribution,
Calculation of string efficiency, Capacitance grading and Static shielding. Types of Cables, Construction, Types
of Insulating materials, Calculations of Insulation resistance and stress in insulation, Numerical Problems.
Capacitance of Single and 3-Core belted cables, Numerical Problems. Grading of Cables - Capacitance grading,
Numerical Problems, Description of Inter-sheath grading. [12]
Distribution System
Classification of distribution system - Requirements of distribution system - scheme of connection - DC
distribution: Distributor with concentrated and uniform loading: Fed at single end, both ends, ring distributor, ring
main distributor with inter connector; A.C Distribution: Calculation methods of solving A.C Distribution problems -

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Sub mains, stepped and tapered mains, Introduction to Smart grid technology. [6]
Total Hours: 60 (L: 45 + T: 15)

Text book(s):
1. V. K. Mehta & Rohit Mehta, “Principles of Power Systems”, S.Chand & company LTD.,2006.
2. M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar, A.Chakrabarthy, “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”,
Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd. Reprint 2009.
Reference(s):
1. W.D.Stevenson & J.J. Grainger, “Power System Analysis” Mc Graw hill Education Private Limited, Reprint
2015.
2 C.L.Wadhwa, “Electrical power systems”, New Age International (P) Limited, 2006.
3 Gupta.B.R, “Power System Analysis and Design”, S.Chand, 2017.
4 TuranGonen, “Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering”, 2 nd Edition, Taylor & Francis, 2007.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

50 EE 501 - Generation,
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
Transmission and Distribution

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous 2018
51 EE 502 – Control Systems
B.E (EEE)
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Hours
L T P C CA ES Total
V 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To recognize the basic components of control systems and to obtain the mathematical
model of a system
Course • To explore on the time response of the systems.
Objective(s) • To analyze the stability of the system in frequency domain.
• To design the suitable compensator for the given specifications.
• To grasp the concept of state space representation of the system.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Derive the transfer function and determine the overall gain of a system.
2. Analyse the performance of the system in time domain with standard inputs.
Course 3. Analyse the stability of the system in frequency domain using Bode plot and Polar plot.
Outcomes 4. Analyze the stability of the system and design a suitable compensator for the given
specifications
5. Formulate the state space model and examine the controllability and observability of a
system.
Prerequisite Electrical Circuit Analysis, Electrical Machines – I, Electrical Machines – II
Systems and Their Representation
Basic elements in control systems- open and closed loop systems- Transfer function- Modeling of Electrical and
Mechanical systems - analogous systems – synchros - AC and DC servo motors - Block diagram reduction
techniques – Signal flow graphs. [9]
Time Response
Time response– Types of test input – Time domain specifications - First and Second order system response ––
Error coefficients - Steady state error – Generalized error series - Root locus construction - Time response
analysis. Effects of P, PI, PD and PID modes of feedback control. [9]
Frequency Response
Frequency response –Correlation between frequency domain and time domain specifications - Bode plot – Polar
plot – Constant M and N circles – Nichols chart – Determination of closed loop response from open loop
response. [9]
Stability Analysis and Compensator Design
Concepts of stability – Characteristic equation - Routh Hurwitz criterion- - Nyquist stability criterion. Performance
criteria – Effect of Lag, lead and lag-lead compensation – Design of lag, lead and lag-lead compensator using
Bode plot and Root locus. [9]
State Variable Analysis
Concepts of state, state variable and state model – state space representation – physical variable - phase
variables – canonical variables - Transfer function from state model -controllability and observability using
Kalman’s test. [9]
Hands on Practice : (MAT Lab / SCI Lab / Any other Open Source)
Analysis of Controllers
Total Hours: 60 (L:45+T:15)
Text Book(s):
1. I.J. Nagrath & M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, 6th edition New Age International Publishers,
2018.
2. Anand Kumar. A, “Control Systems”, 2nd edition ‘Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.
Reference(s):
1. M. Gopal, “Control Systems, Principles & Design”, 4 rd edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New
Delhi, 2012.
2. B.C. Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.
3. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, 5th edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2015.
4. B.S.Manke, “Linear Control Systems with MATLAB Applications”, Khanna Publishers, 2017.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

51 EE 502 - Control Systems CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 503 - Power Electronics
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P hrs C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To impart knowledge on different types of power semiconductor devices and their
switching
• To comprehend the operation, characteristics and performance parameters of controlled
rectifiers
Course
• To study about the Operation, switching techniques and basics topologies of DC-DC
Objective(s)
switching regulators.
• To recognize the different modulation techniques of pulse width modulated inverters and
to classify the harmonic reduction methods.
• To clarify the operation of AC voltage controller and its various configurations.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
6. Categorize the semiconductor devices for different applications
Course 7. Analyze the working of controlled converters with its firing schemes
Outcomes 8. Analyze the operation of DC choppers and switched mode regulators.
9. Describe the operating modes of the inverters and its control techniques.
10. Construct the AC – AC converters and exemplify the working with its applications
Prerequisite Basic knowledge on physics and analog electronics
POWER SEMI-CONDUCTOR DEVICES
Study of switching devices, SCR, TRIAC, GTO, BJT, MOSFET, IGBT and IGCT- Static characteristics: SCR,
MOSFET and IGBT - Triggering and commutation circuit for SCR- Introduction to Driver and snubber circuits.
[10]
PHASE-CONTROLLED CONVERTERS
2-Pulse, 3-pulse and 6-pulseconverters– performance parameters - Effect of source inductance - Firing
Schemes for converter–Dual converters, Applications- Excitation system. [9]
DC TO DC CONVERTERS
Step-down and step-up chopper-control strategy– Introduction to types of choppers-A, B, C, D and E -Switched
mode regulators- Buck, Boost, Buck- Boost regulator, Introduction to Resonant Converters - ZCS, ZVS,
Applications-Battery operated vehicles, Solar PV systems. [9]
INVERTERS
Single phase and three phase voltage source inverters (both120 º mode and 180º mode)– Voltage& harmonic
control-PWM techniques: Multiple PWM, Sinusoidal PWM, modified sinusoidal PWM – Introduction to space
vector modulation –Current source inverter, Applications- UPS. [9]
AC TO AC CONVERTERS
Single phase and Three phase AC voltage controllers–Control strategy- Power Factor Control – Multistage
sequence control -single phase and three phase Cyclo converters – Introduction to Matrix converters,
Applications - light dimmer, Induction heating, welding. [8]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. M.H. Rashid, ‘Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications’, Pearson Education, Fourth Edition,
New Delhi, 2014.
2. P.S.Bimbra “Power Electronics” Khanna Publishers, fifth Edition, 2012.
Reference(s):
1. Joseph Vithayathil,’ Power Electronics, Principles and Applications’, McGraw Hill Series, 6th Reprint,
2013.
2. Ned Mohan Tore. M. Undel and, William. P. Robbins, ‘Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and
Design’, John Wiley and sons, 3rd Edition, 2003.
3. M.D. Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, “Power Electronics,” Mc Graw Hill India, 2013.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
4. http://www.ee.iisc.ac.in/new/people/faculty/vjohn/ref/smpcbook,%20VR.pdf

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 1 3 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 2

50 EE 503 - Power Electronics CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 HS 003 - Total Quality Management
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P hrs C CA ES Total

V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To facilitate the understanding of total quality management principles, tools and
techniques.
• To equip the students to apply the TQM principles, tools and techniques in manufacturing
sectors.
Course • To equip the students to apply the TQM principles, tools and techniques in service
Objective(s) sectors.
• To impart knowledge on quality management principles, tools, techniques and quality
standards for real life applications
• To make the students understand the importance of standards in the quality assurance
process and their impact on the final product.
At the end of the course, students will be able to
11. Recognize the need for quality concepts and its application in organizations.
12. Apply the TQM principles for survival and growth in world class competition
Course
13. Apply the traditional tools and new tools for quality improvement.
Outcomes
14. Apply the tools and techniques like quality circle, QFD, TPM and FMEA for quality
improvement.
15. Apply QMS and EMS in organizations.
Note: The hours given against each topic are of indicative. The faculty have the freedom to decide the hours
required for each topic based on importance and depth of coverage required. The marks allotted for questions in
the examinations shall not depend on the number of hours indicated.
Introduction
Introduction, definitions of quality, need for quality, evolution of quality, dimensions of quality, product quality and
service quality; Basic concepts of TQM, TQM framework, contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby. Barriers to
TQM; Quality statements, customer focus, customer satisfaction, customer complaints, customer retention; costs
to quality. [9]
TQM Principles
TQM principles; leadership, strategic quality planning; Quality councils- employee involvement, motivation;
Empowerment; Team and Teamwork; Quality circles, recognition and reward, performance appraisal; continuous
process improvement; PDSA cycle, Kaizen, 5S & 7S; Supplier partnership, Partnering, Supplier rating and
selection. [9]
TQM Tools and Techniques I
The seven traditional tools of quality; New management tools - applications to manufacturing, service sector,
Statistical Fundamentals, Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion, Population and Sample, Normal Curve,
control charts, process capability, concepts of six sigma, Bench marking - Reasons to benchmark,
Benchmarking process.
[9]
TQM Tools and Techniques II
Quality circles, Quality Function Development (QFD), Taguchi quality loss function; TPM- concepts,
improvement needs, performance, measures. FMEA- stages, types-Design FMEA and Process FMEA.
[9]
Quality Management System
Introduction-Benefits of ISO Registration-ISO 9000 Series of Standards-Sector-Specific Standards - AS 9100,
TS16949 and TL 9000 - ISO 9001, ISO 9001:2008 Requirements-Implementation-Documentation-Internal
Audits-Registration-Environmental Management System: Introduction—ISO 14000 Series Standards—Concepts
of ISO 14001—Requirements of ISO 14001-Benefits of EMS.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Dale H. Besterfield,et. al, “Total Quality Management”, 3rd Edition., Pearson Education South Asia, 2013.
2. Janakiraman, B and Gopal, R.K, “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.
Ltd,2006.
Reference(s):
1. Joel.E. Ross, “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”, 3rd Edition, Routledge, 2017.
2. James R. Evans, James Robert Evans, William M. Lindsay , “The Management and Control of Quality”, 8th
Edition, South-Western, 2010.
3. Kiran.D.R, “Total Quality Management”, Key concepts and case studies, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd,
2016.
4. Oakland, J.S. “TQM – Text with Cases”, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, Third Edition, 2003.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 2 2
50 HS 003 - Total Quality
CO3 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 2 1 3 3
Management

CO4 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 3 2

CO5 2 1 3 1 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE 5P1 - Control and Instrumentation Laboratory
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
V 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To obtain the transfer function of DC and AC servomotor experimentally
• To obtain the frequency response plots using MATLAB program and analyse the
Course stability
Objective(s) • To design the compensators using MATLAB program
• To determine the unknown parameters using various bridge circuits
• To learn the different types of transducers
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Determine the transfer function parameters of DC and AC servomotors.
2. Plot the frequency response of various compensators and design of compensators
Course using MATLAB.
Outcomes 3. Obtain the stability analysis using Root Locus Technique and frequency response
plots in MATLAB.
4. Calibrate single phase energy meter and analyze frequency and phase using CRO.
5. Measure the unknown circuit elements and various physical quantities.
List of Experiments
1. Determination of transfer function parameters of DC servomotor.
2. Determination of transfer function parameters of AC servomotor.
3. Frequency response of Lag, lead and lag-lead compensators.
4. Digital Simulation of stability analysis using Root Locus Techniques.
5. Digital Simulation of stability analysis using Bode Plot and Nyquist Plot.
6. Digital design of compensators.
7. Calibration of single phase energy meter
8. Measurement of DC resistance by Wheatstone and Kelvin Double Bridge
9. Measurement of Inductance using Maxwell’s Bridge
10. Measurement of capacitance using Schering Bridge
11. Measurement of Displacement using LVDT
12. Measurement of pressure using strain gauge
13. Measurement of frequency and phase by Lissajous Method

Note: MATLAB is used for simulation.

Reference(s):
1. Control Systems & Measurements and Instrumentation Laboratory Manual, Faculty of EEE,
KSRCT, Tiruchengode.
2. https://in.mathworks.com/solutions/control-systems.html
https://in.mathworks.com/solutions/electronics/instrumentation.html

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2

50 EE 5P1 - Control and

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
Instrumentation Laboratory

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 3 2 2 3 3 3 2

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous 2018
50 EE 5P2 - Power Electronics Laboratory
B.E (EEE)
Total
Hours / Week Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
V 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To test the performance of power devices using its characteristics
• To observe the waveforms of power converters for various loads
Course
• To analyze the working of DC-DC and AC-AC circuits with respect to the waveforms
Objective(s)
• To connect and examine the performance of the triggering and commutation control
circuit for power electronic circuits.
• To simulate the phase-controlled converter and Inverters using simulation software.

At the end of the course the students will be able to

Course 1. Analyze the Characteristics of the semiconductor devices.

Outcomes 2. Demonstrate the phase controlled converters with respect to various firing angles
and loads.
3. Develop the single phase inverters and chopper circuits.
4. Analyze the performance of single phase AC-AC converter with respect to change
of firing angles and waveforms.
5. Design the Mathematical model for Converters and Inverters using MATLAB
simulation tool and analyze its waveforms.
List of Experiments

1. I-V characteristics of SCR

2. VI Characteristics of IGBT and MOSFET.
3. Triggering circuit for SCR
4. Commutation circuit for SCR
5. Single phase half controlled converter with R load.
6. Single phase fully controlled converter with R, RL load.
7. Speed control of DC motor using three phase fully controlled converter.
8. DC chopper circuits
9. Single phase PWM inverter.
10. Series inverter/parallel inverter.
11. Single phase AC Voltage controller
12. Single phase Cycloconverter.
13. Simulation of phase controlled converters
14. Simulation of Inverters
Note: The simulation of the power electronics circuits can be done by using MATLAB.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Reference(s):
1. Power Electronics Laboratory Manual, Faculty of EEE, KSRCT, Tiruchengode.
2. http://in.mathworks.com/help/physmod/sps/power-electronics.html
3. http://www.st.com/web/en/resource/technical/document/datasheet/CD00189451.pdf
4. http://www.irf.com/design-tips

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 3

50 EE 5P2 - Power Electronics

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 3
Laboratory

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
Semester V
Hours/Week Credit Maximum Marks
Course Code Course Name L T P C CA ES Total

50 TP 0P3 Career Competency Development III 0 0 2 0 100 00 100

• To help the learners to enrich the written and oral communication skills in the academic
and professional contexts
• To help the learners to enrich their verbal and logical reasoning ability to meet out the
employability requirements of the companies
Course • To help the learners to comprehend the Intermediate level of aptitude skills required to
Objective(s) attend placement and competitive online exams
• To help the learners to enhance their knowledge in the quantitative aptitude skills in
algebraic and linear equations
• To help the learners to augment the core technical and coding skills of their respective
domains to compete in coding contests
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Examine the written and oral communication skills in the academic and professional
contexts.
2. Interpret the concepts of verbal reasoning and relate for the concepts to the requirements
of the competitive exams and employability.
Course
3. Infer the concepts of intermediate level of aptitude skills pertaining to competitive exams
Outcomes
and company recruitments.
4. Assess their comprehension in the quantitative aptitude skills in algebraic and linear
equations.
5. Review the core technical and coding skills of their respective domains to compete in
coding contests.
Unit – 1 Written and Oral Communication – Part 1 Hrs
Reading Comprehension Level 3 - Self Introduction - News Paper Review - Self Marketing - Debate-
Structured and Unstructured GDs Psychometric Assessment – Types & Strategies to answer the
questions Practices: Sentence Completion - Sentence Correction - Jumbled Sentences - Synonyms 6
& Antonyms - Using the Same Word as Different Parts of Speech - Interpretation of Pictorial
Representations - Editing - GD - Debate. Materials: Instructor Manual, Word power Made Easy Book,
News Papers
Unit – 2 Verbal & Logical Reasoning – Part 1
Syllogism - Assertion and Reasons - Statements and Assumptions - Identifying Valid Inferences -
identifying Strong Arguments and Weak Arguments - Statements and Conclusions - Cause and Effect 8
- Deriving Conclusions from Passages - Seating Arrangements. Practices: Analogies - Blood
Relations - Statement & Conclusions. Materials: Instructor Manual, Verbal Reasoning by
R.S.Aggarwal
Unit – 3 Quantitative Aptitude – Part 3
Probability - Calendar- Clocks - Logarithms - Permutations and Combinations 6
Materials: Instructor Manual, Aptitude Book
Unit – 4 Quantitative Aptitude – Part 4
Algebra - Linear Equations - Quadratic Equations – Polynomials. Practices: Problem on Numbers - 6
Ages - Train
- Time and Work - Sudoku – Puzzles. Materials: Instructor Manual, Aptitude Book
Unit – 5 Technical & Programming Skills – Part 1

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Core Subject – 1,2 3 4
Practices: Questions from Gate Material. Materials: Text Book, Gate Material
Total 30
Evaluation Criteria

S.No. Particul Test Portion Mark

ar s
1 Evaluation 1 Written Test 15 Questions each from Unit 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 (External 50
Evaluation)
Evaluation 2 - GD and Debate
2 Oral Communication (External Evaluation by English, MBA Dept & External 30
Trainers)
Evaluation 3 –
3 Technical Paper Presentation Internal Evaluation by the Dept. 20
Total 100
Reference Books
1. Aggarwal, R.S. “A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non-verbal Reasoning”, Revised Edition 2008,
Reprint 2009, S.Chand & Co Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Abhijit Guha, “Quantitative Aptitude”, TMH, 3rd edition
3. Objective Instant Arithmetic by M.B. Lal & Goswami Upkar Publications.
4. Word Power Made Easy by Norman Lewis W.R. GOYAL Publications
Note:
• Instructor can cover the syllabus by Class room activities and Assignments (5 Assignments/week)
• Instructor Manual has Class work questions, Assignment questions and Rough work pages
• Each Assignment has 20 Questions from Unit 1,2,3,4 and 5 and 5 Questions from Unit 1
• Evaluation has to be conducted as like Lab Examination.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 3 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2

50 TP 0P3 - Career Competency

CO3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 2
Development III

CO4 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous 2018
51 EE 601 - Power System Analysis and Stability
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VI 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To impart knowledge on the need for “power system analysis” and model various power
system components
• To solve the power flow problems by using standard methods
Course
• To study the impact of the balanced fault on the system
Objective(s)
• To study the impact of the unbalanced fault on the system
• To examine the need of steady state and transient analysis and emerging techniques in power
system
At the end of the course the students will be able to
CO:1 Model the various power system components for steady-state analysis.
CO:2 Carry out the power flow analysis by Gauss-Seidel and Newton-Raphson methods.
Course CO:3 Conduct the fault analysis of power system for balanced faults.
Outcomes CO:4 Apply symmetrical components to resolve unbalanced networks into balanced networks and
develop the sequence networks for unsymmetrical fault analysis.
CO:5 Compute the stability of the system with the help of equal area criteria and Modified-Euler
methods.
Prerequisite Electrical Circuit Analysis, Generation, Transmission and Distribution
Introduction
Need for system analysis in planning and operation of modern power system -- Modeling: Generator model, power
transformer, transmission line and load, shunt capacitor and shunt reactor – one line diagram –Per phase and per
unit Analysis – impedance diagram – reactance diagram – Overview of Restructuring in Power Systems [9]
Power Flow Analysis
Primitive network and its matrices – construction of Y-bus using inspection and singular Transformation methods -- Z
bus building algorithm. Importance of power flow analysis in planning and operation of power systems -- Classification
of bus – need and selection of slack bus – power flow equation – computation of slack bus power, line flow and
losses – representation of off nominal tap changing transformer. Power Flow Solution Methods: Gauss Seidel and
Newton – Raphson methods – algorithm and flowchart. [9]
Symmetrical Fault Analysis
Need for short circuit study – types of faults – Fault MVA – short circuit of an unloaded synchronous machine –
calculation of symmetrical fault current using Thevenin’s theorem and Z-bus. [9]
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis
Introduction to Symmetrical components – sequence impedance – sequence circuits of synchronous machine,
transformer and transmission line. Concept of shunt and series fault - Fault analysis: single line to ground fault, line to
line fault and double line to ground faults using Thevenin`s theorem. [9]
Power System Stability
Importance of stability analysis in power system planning and operation – Classification of power system stability –
swing equation – power angle equation – small signal stability – transient stability: equal area criterion – critical
clearing angle and clearing time – application of critical clearing angle to transient stability of synchronous machine –
solution of swing equation by modified Euler’s method. [9]
Hands on Practice: (MATLab / SCILab / Any other Open Source)
i. Single line diagram of power system using Simulation model
ii. Formulation of Y bus and Z bus matrices using Simulation
Total Hours: 60 (L:45+T:15)
Text book(s):
1. I.J. Nagrath, D.P.Kothar, “Modern Power system Analysis”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., 2012.
2. B.R.Gupta, “Power System Analysis & Design (Revised edition)” S.Chand & Co Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
Reference(s):
1. P.Venkatesh, B.V. Manikandan, S.Charles Raja, A.Srinivasan, ‘Electrical Power Systems – Analysis, Security
and Deregulation’, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2015.

2. Prabha Kundur, “Power System stability and control”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd., New Delhi,
Third Edition 2012.
Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024
Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
3. HadiSaadat, “Power System Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 21st reprint 2010.

4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105067/.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2

51 EE 601 - Power System 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO3
Analysis and Stability

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous 2018
50 EE 602 - Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To recognize the architecture and programming of 8085 microprocessor
• To create an exposure to basic peripherals, its programming and interfacing techniques
Course
• To introduce the architecture, programming and interfacing of 8051 micro controller
Objective(s)
• To develop skill in simple applications development with programming 8085 & 8051
• To identify the characteristics and functional blocks of Internet of Things
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Develop an ALP in 8085 microprocessor using the internal organization for the given
specification.
2. Design the control word and develop interfacing diagram to interface peripheral devices
Course
such as 8255, 8253, 8259, 8279 and 8251.
Outcomes
3. Describe the architecture and functional block of 8051 microcontroller.
4. Design an embedded C and ALP in 8051 microcontroller using internal functional blocks
for the given specification.
5. Describe the microcontroller applications and basic architecture of IoT.
Pre request Digital Electronics, Analog Electronics,
8085 Microprocessor
Introduction to 8085 – 8085 Architecture – Addressing modes - Instruction set - Assembly language programming
- Timing diagram - Interrupt structure - Memory interfacing - Comparison of 8085 processor with 8086 processor.
[9]

Peripheral Interfacing
Programmable Peripheral Interface (PPI 8255) – Programmable Interval Timer (PIT 8253) – 8259 Programmable
Interrupt Controller – keyboard & display controller (8279) - Interfacing serial I /O (8251) - D/A and A/D Interfacing
– DMA controller. [9]

8051 Microcontroller
8051 – Architecture, Special Function Registers (SFRs), I/O Pins Ports and Circuits, Instruction set, Addressing
modes, Assembly language programming. Introduction to advanced controllers - Arduino, Rasberry Pi. [9]

8051 Peripheral Programming

Programming 8051 Timers - Programming 8051 UART - Interrupts and its Programming – Keyboard Interfacing-
Seven segment LED, LCD interfacing - ADC, DAC & Sensor Interfacing - DC & Stepper Motor interfacing. [9]

8051 Based Applications and Introduction to IoT

RTC Interfacing using I2C Standard- Case studies: Traffic Light control, Wash Machine Control, Numerical control
Machine, Automation of water supply for a colony, Turbine Monitoring. Introduction to IoT, Defining IoT,
Characteristics of IoT, Physical design of IoT, Logical design of IoT, Functional blocks of IoT, Communication
models & APIs. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. R.S. Gaonkar, ‘Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Application with 8085’, 6th Edition, Penram
International Publishing India Pvt Ltd., 2013.
2. Soumitra Kumar Mandal, ―Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Architecture, Programming and System
Design 8085,8086 and 8051, 8 th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013
Reference(s):
1. Krishna Kant, ―Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Architecture, Programming and System Design

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 8085,8086,8051,8096‖, 8 th Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
2. A.K. Ray and K.M.Burchandi, Intel Microprocessors Architecture Programming and Interfacing, McGraw
Hill International Edition. 12th reprint, 2009.
3. Samuel Greengard, “The Internet of Things”, The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, March 2015.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105166/

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

50 EE 602 - Microprocessors and

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3
Microcontrollers

CO4 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE 603 - Electrical Drives and Control
B.E (EEE)
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To describe the steady state operation and dynamics of a motor load system and
calculate the drive starting and stopping time.
• To classify the VSI and CSI fed induction motor drive structure and describe the static
rotor resistance control and slip power recovery schemes.
Course • To impart knowledge on modeling equation of vector control induction motor drives.
Objective(s) • To elucidate the various control schemes for special machine drives
• To illustrate the digital control algorithm for AC drives control and describe its real time
implementation using digital signal processer.
At the end of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply the knowledge of fundamental of electrical drives and select a motor power rating
for specific application.
CO2: Suggest the suitable speed control scheme for induction motor drive in an energy
efficient manner for various applications in industry.
Course CO3: Use basic knowledge of vector control and apply a suitable control algorithm for speed
Outcomes control of induction motor in various applications.
CO4: Suggest and Justify the relevant control scheme for special machines drive for specific
application.
CO5: Suggest and Justify the relevant drive system for a given application with given
specifications.
Pre request Electrical Machines, Power Electronics
DYNAMICS OF ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND SELECTION OF MOTOR POWER RATING
Overview of Electromechanical energy conversion – DC, Asynchronous and Synchronous Drives. Introductions
of Electrical drives, parts of electrical drives – dynamics of electric drive, Fundamental of torque equations,
speed torque conventions and multi quadrant operation, Equivalent values of drive parameters, components of
load torques, nature and classification of load torques, load equalizations, thermal model of motor for heating
and cooling, classes of motor duty, determination of motor rating. [9]

INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVE

Review of speed control of 3 phase Induction Motors: Stator voltage / frequency control–-voltage source
inverter control- current source inverter control- variable frequency control from voltage source/current source-
Multilevel converter-fed induction motor drive- rotor resistance control-Slip power recovery scheme-static
Scherbius drive-static Kramer drive. [9]

VECTOR CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVE

Limitation of scalar control, Introduction of vector or field oriented control-Principle of vector control – Theory –
DC drive analogy – Direct or Feedback vector control – Flux vector estimation- Indirect or Feed forward vector
control-Introduction to Direct Torque Control and Direct Power Control. [9]

SPECIAL MACHINE DRIVES

Permanent magnet synchronous motor - Field oriented control - Direct torque control – Sensor-less control.
Brushless Direct current (BLDC) machine control strategies, Voltage Source Inverter fed BLDC-Torque ripple
minimization – Application. [9]

DIGITAL TECHNIQUES IN SPEED CONTROL

Digital Control and Drive Applications - Advantages and limitations -Digital signal processer/Microcontroller and
PLC based control of Induction Motor drives - Selection of drives and control schemes for Steel rolling mills,
Paper mills, Lifts and Cranes. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Textbook(s):
1. Gopal K.Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electrical Drives”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2015.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 2. Bimal K. Bose, “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson Education. (Singapore), Fifth
Indian reprint, 2005.
Reference(s):
1. Krishnan R, ‘Electric Motor Drives: “Modeling, Analysis and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,
2002.
2. M.D Singh, " Power Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2008.
3. G.K. Dubey, “Power Semi-conductor Controlled Drives”, Prentice Hall of India, 1989.
4. http://danfoss.ipapercms.dk/Drives/DD/Global/SalesPromotion/FWK/FWKComplete/

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3

50 EE 603 - Electrical Drives and

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3
Control

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
51 EE 604 - Digital Signal Processing
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VI 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To recognise the classification of signals and systems with their properties.
• To comprehend the discrete transforms and its significance and problems related to
computational complexity.
Course • To study the different types of realization of linear discrete time systems.
Objective(s)
• To design digital filters such as FIR & IIR filter
• To draw the architecture of the TMS320C5x processor and write program for arithmetic
operation and discrete signal operation
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Enumerate the concept of discrete-time signals and systems, basic DSP operation and
functions.
2. Describe the properties of z-transform and formulate the structure of realization of LTI
Course discrete time systems.
Outcomes 3. Develop the mathematical model of DFT and compute the frequency response of
discrete signals using FFT and wavelet transforms.
4. Design digital IIR and FIR filter using digital techniques and Windowing techniques.
5. Identify the different types of digital signal processor and develop real time control
program in TMS320C5x processor.
Pre request Laplace Transform and complex variables, Control Systems
Signals and Systems
Need and advantages of Digital Signal Processing: Signal representation -Classification of signals: periodic
and aperiodic, even and odd, causal and non-causal, continuous and discrete, energy and power;
Classification of systems: Continuous, discrete, linear, causal, stable, dynamic, recursive, time variance;
Operation on Signals: Time shifting, reversal, scaling, convolution and correlation; Typical DSP system:
ADC/DAC – sampling, quantization, quantization error, Nyquist rate, aliasing effect, Signal Reconstruction.
[9]
z-Transforms
z-transform and its properties, Region of convergence, inverse z-transforms; solution of difference equation,
partial fraction expansion method, convolution method Application of z-transform in signal processing –
Stability analysis, Structure of Realization of LTI discrete time systems in z-domain – direct, Cascade and
parallel form, linear phase realization. [9]
Discrete Transforms
DFT – Definition – properties, Computation of DFT; direct method and using FFT algorithms – DIT & DIF – FFT
using radix 2 – Butterfly structure; Computation of IDFT using DFT – Wavelet transform: Multi-resolution
analysis by wavelet method. [9]
Design of Digital Filters
IIR Filter design: Approximation of analog filter design – Butterworth and Chebyshev; digital filter design using
impulse invariant and bilinear transformation – Warping, prewarping – Frequency transformation. Application
and choice of Filters-Round of Effects in Digital Filters.
FIR Filter design: Linear phase characteristics – Need and choice of windows – Windowing Techniques:
Rectangular Window, Triangular Window, [9]
Digital Signal Processor
Architecture of signal processor – Van Neumann and Harvard architecture; Architecture, addressing modes
and Instruction set of TMS320C50. Architecture and addressing modes of TMS320C28X. Application-
Industrial IoT [9]
Hands on Practice: (MATLab / SCILab / Any other open source)
Generation of signal, Correlation of two sequences, Calculation of DFT of a signal using FFT algorithms,
Design of FIR and IIR filters.
Total Hours: 60 (L:45+T:15)
Text book(s):
1 A.Anand Kumar “Digital Signal Processing” PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi. 2015.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
2 J.G. Proakis and D.G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and Applications”,
Pearson Education, Fourth Edition, New Delhi, 2014.
Reference(s):
1 Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer and John R. Buck, “Discrete – Time Signal Processing”, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2011.
2 A. Nagoor Kani “Digital Signal Processing” Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
3 K.S. Thyagarajan “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing Using MATLAB with Application to Digital
Communications” Springer International Publishing, 2019.
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/102/117102060/

Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

51 EE 604 - Digital Signal

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3
Processing

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE 6P1 - Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Laboratory
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total

VI 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• Introduce ALP concepts and features.
• Write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8085 and 8051.
Course
• Differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface.
Objective(s)
• Interface different I/Os with Microprocessors.
• Be familiar with KEIL IDE.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Design and implement programs on 8085 microprocessor.
Course 2. Design interfacing circuits with 8085.
Outcomes 3. Develop and implement 8051 microcontroller based systems.
4. Investigate the concepts of related to I/O and memory interfacing on 8051.
5. Develop the program for an embedded application.
Pre request Digital Electronics, Analog Electronics, Programming for Problem Solving
List of Experiments
1. Programs for arithmetic, logical, sorting and searching operations in 8085.
2. Interfacing and programming of keyboard & display controller with 8085.
3. Interfacing and programming of interrupt controller with 8085.
4. Interfacing and Programming ADC and DAC with 8085.
5. Interfacing and Programming of Traffic light controller with 8085.
6. Microcontroller 8051- basic arithmetic and logical programs using KEIL IDE.
7. Code conversion, Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching using KEIL IDE.
8. Interfacing, Programming of Stepper Motor & DC Motor Speed control.
9. Serial interface and Parallel interface.
10. Project design and implementation using Arduino.

Lab Manual:
1 “Microprocessors and microcontrollers Lab Manual” by EEE staff members

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Mini Project, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 1 3 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3

50 EE 6P1 – Microprocessor and

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 3
Microcontroller Laboratory

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous 2018
51 EE 6P2 - Electrical Drives and Control Laboratory
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total

VI 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To write embedded C program for interfacing indicating and control devices to
electrical drives model and demonstrate the implementation using PIC micro
controller based evaluation board.
Course • To perform speed control of DC drives.
Objective(s) • To perform speed control of AC drives.
• To perform speed control of Special electrical drives.
• To test and analyze the closed loop speed control of electrical drives under
simulation environment.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Design the angle control algorithm for stepping motor using micro controller.
CO2: Design the speed control algorithm for DC Drive drive using micro controller.
Course CO3: Design the speed control algorithm for Induction motor drive using micro
Outcomes controller.
CO4: Suggest the speed control method of DC, AC and Special drive for specific
application.
CO5: Simulate the DC drive and AC drive using software package.
Tool used MATLAB Software
List of Experiments
1. Open loop and closed loop speed control of DC motor using chopper

2. Open loop and closed loop speed control of three phase Induction Motor using PWM inverter

3. Speed control of Induction Motor Drive using V/F Control

4. Speed Control of Switched Reluctance Motor (SRM) Drive

5. Speed Control of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Drive (PMSM)

6. Speed Control of Brush less DC motor Drive (BLDC)

7. Vector control of three phase Induction Motor Drive

8. Closed loop speed control of DC motor using four quadrant chopper

9. Simulation of single phase controlled converter fed DC motor

10. Simulation of three phase controlled converter fed DC motor

Lab Manual:
1 “Electrical Drives and Control Lab Manual” by EEE staff members

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

51 EE 6P2 - Electrical Drives and

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Control Laboratory

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO5 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Sem Lab Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
Semester VI
Hours/Week Credit Maximum Marks
Course Code Course Name
L T P C CA ES Total

50 TP 0P4 Career Competency Development IV 0 0 2 0 100 00 100

• To help the learners to enrich the advanced written and oral communication skills in the
academic and professional contexts
• To help the learners to augment their advanced verbal and logical reasoning ability to meet
out the employability requirements of the companies
Course • To help the learners to comprehend the advanced level of aptitude skills in the concepts of
Objectives Geometry
• To help the learners to enhance the data interpretation and analytical skills in varied
methods.
• To help the learners to enrich the technical and programming skills to be focused on better
employability, codeathons and hackathons
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Examine and correlate the written and oral communication skills in the academic and
professional contexts.
2. Predict and discriminate advanced verbal and logical reasoning ability to meet out the
Course employability requirements of the companies.
Outcomes 3. Infer the concepts of advanced level of aptitude skills on Geometry pertaining to
competitive exams and company recruitments.
4. Illustrate the data interpretation and analytical skills in varied methods.
5. Formulate the technical and programming skills to be focused on better employability,
codeathons and hackathons.
Unit – 1 Written and Oral Communication – Part 2 Hrs
Self-Introduction – GD – Personal Interview Skills
Practices on Reading Comprehension Level 2 – Paragraph Writing – Newspaper and Book Review
Writing – Skimming and Scanning – Interpretation of Pictorial Representations – Sentence Completion- 4
Sentence Correction – Jumbled Sentences – Synonyms & Antonyms – Using the Same Word as
Different Parts of Speech
– Editing. Materials: Instructor Manual, Word power Made Easy Book, News Papers
Unit – 2 Verbal & Logical Reasoning – Part 2
Analogies – Blood Relations – Seating Arrangements – Syllogism – Statements and Conclusions,
Cause and Effect – Deriving Conclusions from Passages – Series Completion (Numbers, Alphabets & 8
Figures) – Analytical Reasoning – Classification – Critical Reasoning Practices: Analogies – Blood
Relations – Statement & Conclusions. Materials: Instructor Manual, Verbal Reasoning by
R.S.Aggarwal
Unit – 3 Quantitative Aptitude – Part – 5
Geometry – Straight Line – Triangles – Quadrilaterals – Circles – Co-ordinate Geometry – Cube – Cone 6
– Sphere. Materials: Instructor Manual, Aptitude book
Unit – 4 Data Interpretation and Analysis
Data Interpretation based on Text – Data Interpretation based on Graphs and Tables. Graphs can 6
be Column Graphs, Bar Graphs, Line Charts, Pie Chart, Graphs representing Area, Venn Diagram &
Flow Charts. Materials:
Instructor Manual, Aptitude Book
Unit – 5 Technical & Programming Skills – Part 2
Core Subject – 4, 5, 6 Practices: Questions from Gate Material. Materials: Text Book, Gate Material 6

Total 30
Evaluation Criteria
S.No Particular Test Portion Mark
. s

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 1 Evaluation 1 Written Test 15 Questions each from Unit 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 (External Evaluation) 50

2 Evaluation 2 – GD and HR Interview 30

Oral Communication (External Evaluation by English, MBA Dept.)
Evaluation 3 –
3 Internal Evaluation by the Dept. – 3 Core Subjects 20
Technical Interview
Total 100
Reference Books
1. Aggarwal, R.S. “A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non-verbal Reasoning”, Revised Edition 2008,
Reprint 2009, S.Chand & Co Ltd., New Delhi.rd
2. Abhijit Guha, “Quantitative Aptitude”, TMH, 3 edition
3. Objective Instant Arithmetic by M.B. Lal & Goswami Upkar Publications.
4. Word Power Made Easy by Norman Lewis W.R. GOYAL Publications
Note:
• Instructor can cover the syllabus by Class room activities and Assignments (5 Assignments/week)
• Instructor Manual has Class work questions, Assignment questions and Rough Work pages
• Each Assignment has 20 questions from Unit 1,2,3,4,5 and 5 questions from
Unit 1(Oral Communication) & Unit 5(Programs)
• Evaluation has to be conducted as like Lab Examination.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name Cos
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2

50 TP 0P4 - Career Competency

CO3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 2
Development IV

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE 701 - Power System Operation and Control
B.E (EEE)
Semester Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 1 0 60 4 40 60 100
• To study the system load characteristics and to operate and control the power system.
• To compute the schedule of generating units in an economic way during power system operation.
• To model the power-frequency dynamics and to design the power-frequency controllers.
Course • To model reactive power-voltage interaction and to maintain voltage profile against varying
Objective(s) system load.
• To illustrate the use of SCADA and EMS for monitoring and controlling the power system.
At the end of the course, students will be able to
CO:1 Describe the concept of power system operation based on load characteristics.
CO:2 Determine the economic dispatch and unit commitment problems of generating units.
CO:3 Develop automatic load frequency control and develop mathematical model of two areas’ load
Course frequency control.
Outcomes CO:4 Apply different voltage control methods for compensating the reactive power and develop
mathematical model of excitation systems.
CO:5 Enhance the knowledge in energy control centre for computer control of power system and
the various operating states of power system using state estimation and security analysis.
Prerequisite Basic knowledge in generation, transmission and distribution of electrical power
Preliminaries on Power System Operation and Control
Power scenario in Indian grid – National and Regional load dispatching centers – requirements of good power
system - necessity of voltage and frequency regulation – real power vs frequency and reactive power vs voltage
control loops - system load variation, load curves and forecasting – load factor, demand factor, diversity factor,
capacity factor, utilization factor - speed load characteristics - regulation of two generators in parallel. [9]
System Operation
Statement of economic dispatch problem – input and output characteristics of thermal plant–Incremental cost curve
– co-ordination equations without loss and with loss, solution by direct method and λ-iteration method (No derivation
of loss coefficients.) - Base point and participation factors - Statement of Unit Commitment (UC) problem –
constraints in UC: spinning reserve, thermal unit constraints, hydro constraints, fuel constraints and other
constraints – solution methods: Priority-list methods, forward dynamic programming approach. (Numerical problems
only in priority-list method using full-load average production cost). [9]
System Control: Real Power – Frequency Control
Fundamentals of speed governing system – Load Frequency Control (LFC) of single area system – static and
dynamic analysis of uncontrolled and controlled cases - LFC of two area system - tie line modeling – block diagram
representation of two area system - static and dynamic analysis - tie line with frequency bias control – state
variability model - integration of economic dispatch control with LFC. [9]
System Control: Reactive Power – Voltage Control
Generation and absorption of reactive power - basics of reactive power control – Automatic Voltage Regulator
(AVR) – brushless AC excitation system – block diagram representation of AVR loop - static and dynamic analysis –
stability compensation – voltage drop in transmission line - methods of reactive power injection - tap changing
transformer, SVC (TCR + TSC) and STATCOM for voltage control. [9]
Computer Control of Power Systems
Need of computer control of power systems, concept of energy control center (or) load dispatch center and its
functions, system monitoring, data acquisition and control, system hardware configuration, SCADA and EMS
functions, network topology, state estimation problem – measurements and errors - weighted least square
estimation - security analysis and control, operating states: Normal, alert, emergency, in-extremis and restorative.

Hands on training in substation automation models based on IEC 61850. [9]

Total Hours: 60 (L:45+T:15)
Text book(s):

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
1 Allen J. Wood and Bruce F. Wollen berg, “Power Generation Operation and Control”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 3rd
Edition., 2013.
2 Abhijit Chakrabarti & Sunita Halder, ‘Power System Analysis- Operation & Control’, PHI New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2010.
Reference(s):
.
1 B.R.Gupta, and Vandana singhal, “Power System Operation and Control”, S.Chand and company Ltd., New Delhi,
2 2014.
S.Sivanagaraju and G.Sreenivasan, “Power System Operation and Control”, Pearson education, New Delhi, 2010.
3 Prabha Kundur, “Power System stability and control”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd., New Delhi, Third
Edition 2012.
4 nptel.ac.in/downloads/108101040/
.
Assessment Methods: Tutorial, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

50 EE 701 - Power System Operation

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
and Control

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE 702 e – Vehicles
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To apprise the history, challenges types and benefits of Electric vehicle
Course • To acquire know ledge in energy storage systems and its packing methodology
Objective(s) • To comprehend the concept of BMS/EMS
• To recognize the significance of charging system
• To learn the INDIA N and GLOBAL Scenario
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
Course CO1: Analyze the types, performance and challenges of existing Electric vehicle
Outcomes CO2: Design an energy system with energy storage solution for various batteries.
CO3: Design the novel battery management technology for electric vehicle.
CO4: Select the appropriate charging station for new launching vehicles
CO5: Analyze and realize the electric vehicle Scenario in India and global and its business
strategy.
Prerequisite Electrical Machines, Batteries and fuel cell for commercial applications
Electric Vehicle Architecture Design
Introduction –Electric drive train-History of Electric Vehicles, Need, Comparison with conventional Technology, Benefits,
Performance and EV Challenges in implementation, Electrical design, protection and system requirement, Types of
Electric Vehicle and components, Photovoltaic solar based EV design, Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV), Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV), Plug-in hybrid vehicle (PHEV), Fuel cell electric vehicle (FCEV), Solar Power operated Electric vehicles,
Electrification Level of EV, Calculating the Acceleration Force Finding the Total Tractive Effort, Energy consumption, Fuel
efficiency analysis. [12]
Energy Storage Solutions (ESS)
Introduction to Energy Storage for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, Battery, Fuel cell, Types and operation of Fuel cell,
Super/Ultra capacitor, Battery Cell Types (Lead Acid/Li/NiMH) and its comparison. Hybridization of different energy
storage device, Battery charging and discharging calculation, Cell Selection and sizing, Battery layout design, Battery
Pack Configuration, Battery Pack Construction, Battery selection criteria. Safety aspects and safe disposal of battery.
[10]
Battery Management System (BMS)
Need of BMS, BMS Topology, BMS Controller and BMS Communication system. Cell balancing, State of Charge (SoC),
State of Health (SoH), Rule based control and optimization-based control, Software-based high-level supervisory control.
[8]
Electric Vehicles charging station
Type of Charging station, Selection of charging station, Components of charging station, Single line diagram of
charging station, fast Charging systems. [5]
INDIAN and GLOBAL Scenario
Technology Scenario, Market Scenario, Policies and Regulations, Payback and commercial model, Payback and
commercial model. INTERNATIONAL STANDARD: IEC 61851-1- Electric vehicle conductive charging system – Part 1:
General requirements. E-mobility business, E mobility companies in India, Connected, Shared, Autonomous
Mobility-, simulation case study on E-mobility, Indian Roadmap on EV (FAME), EVs infrastructure in India and
Global, Roll of e-vehicle in smart grid, social and economic dimensions of EVs. [10]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. John G. Hayes, G. Abas Goodarzi, Electric Power train: Energy Systems, Power Electronics and Drives for Hybrid,
Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles, Wiley Publication, 2017.
2. Chris Mi, M. Abul Masrur, David Wenzhong Gao, Hybrid Electric Vehicles Principles and Applications with Practical
Perspectives, Wiley Publication, 2011.
Reference(s):
1. Ehsani M, Gao Y Gay S and Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals,
Theory, and Design, CRC Press, 2005.
2. Sheldon S. Williamson, Energy Management Strategies for Electric and Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles, Springer,
2013.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
3. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, 2nd Edition, ISBN: 978-1-119-94273- 3 Wiley
Publication, September 2012 340 Pages.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108103009/

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3

50 EE 702 e–Vehicles CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE 703 – Embedded Systems
B.E (EEE)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To provide an overview of different blocks of an embedded Processor.
• To provide knowledge about the architecture of ARM Processors.
Course • To disseminate the students with the RTOS and its software tools.
Objective(s) • To bring out the various networks and buses, interfacing protocols with
embedded system.
• To identify the communication protocols for automotive applications.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Describe the major components, functions and operations of an embedded system.
2. Discuss the architecture of ARM processor, Instruction set, ARM programming.
Course
3. Outline the features of RTOS and Configure the RTOS for operations involved in
Outcomes
embedded applications.
4. Design and discriminate various communication networks and their interfaces
5. Realize the communication protocols for automotive applications.
Prerequisites Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
Typical Embedded System
Definition of Embedded System, Core of the Embedded System: General Purpose and Domain Specific
Processors, ASICs, PLDs, Commercial Off-The-Shelf Components (COTS), Memory according to the type of
Interface, Memory Shadowing, Memory selection for Embedded Systems, Sensors and Actuators, Communication
Interface: Onboard and External Communication Interfaces. [9]
ARM Architecture
ARM Design Philosophy, ARM Architecture, Registers, ARM Instruction set, Thumb Instruction set, Instruction
Pipeline, Interrupts and Vector Table, ARM Processor Families, ARM simple programs. [9]
Real Time Operating Systems
Brief History of OS, Defining RTOS, Difference: RTOS v/s General Purpose OS, Types of RTOS, The Scheduler,
Objects, Services, Characteristics of RTOS, Defining a Task, Tasks States and Scheduling, Task Operations,
Structure, Synchronization, Communication and Concurrency. Defining Semaphores, Operations and Use, Defining
Message Queue, Popular RTOS: QNX, VxWorks. [9]
Network Protocols
Sockets, ports, UDP, TCP/IP, HTTP, Telnet, Gopher, client server model, socket programming, 802.11, Bluetooth,
Zigbee, firewalls, network security and I2C. Wireless sensor networks – Introduction – Applications – Network
Topology – Localization –Time Synchronization - Energy efficient MAC protocols. [9]
Embedded Automotive Telematics
Role of Bluetooth, CAN, LIN and flexray communication protocols in automotive applications; Multiplexed vehicle
system architecture for signal and data / parameter exchange between EMS, ECUs with other vehicle system
components and other control systems; Realizing bus interfaces for diagnostics and for control-automatic
transmission- electronic clutch. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. P. Rajkamal, ‘Embedded System – Architecture, Programming, Design’, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2017
2. Daniel W. Lewis ‘Fundamentals of Embedded Software’, Prentice Hall of India, 2012.
Reference(s):
1. Steve Furber, “ARM System-on-chip Architecture”, 2nd Edition, Dorling Kindersley, 2007.
2. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design”, 2nd Edition,
Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2013.
3. ARM Systems Developer’s Guides- Designing & Optimizing System Software – Andrew N. S loss, Dominic
Symes, Chris Wright, 2008, Elsevier.
4. Automotive Electricals Electronics System and Components, Robert Bosch Gmbh, 4th Edition, 2004.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2

50 EE 703 – Embedded Systems CO3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3

CO4 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology–Autonomous R2018
50 EE 7P1 - Power System Simulation Laboratory
B.E(EEE)
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 0 0 4 60 2 60 40 100
• To model the transmission lines using computer programming
• To expose the students to solve the load flow solution using software programs
• To enhance the knowledge in power system stability, power system economics problems
Course
Objective(s) through computer simulation
• To gain the coding knowledge in power system problems
• To compute quick solutions for complex power system problems
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Design, simulate and analyze the transmission line parameters using simulation packages.
Course CO2: Develop the load flow programs for power system studies.
Outcomes CO3: Find the Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical faults.
CO4: Analyze the stability problem in power system.
CO5: Perform
Listoptimal scheduling(Use
of Experiments of generators
MATLAB,and compute
Mipower the state of the power system.
Software)
1. Computation of Parameters and Modeling of Transmission Lines.
2. Formation of Bus Admittance and Impedance Matrices and solution of Networks.
3. Solution of Load Flow Problems Using Gauss-Seidel Method.
4. Solution of Load Flow Problems Using Newton-Raphson and Fast-Decoupled Methods.
5. Fault Analysis
6. Transient and Small Signal Stability Analysis of Single-Machine Infinite Bus System
7. Transient Stability Analysis of Multi-Machine power system.
8. Electromagnetic Transients in Power Systems
9. Load – Frequency Dynamics of Single- Area and Two-Area Power Systems
10. Economic Dispatch in Power Systems.
11. Short circuit analysis – use Smart Grid Substation model
12. Security analysis - use Smart Grid Substation model
13. Stability analysis - use Smart Grid Substation model
References:
1. “Power System Simulation Laboratory Manual” by EEE Staff Members
2. https://www.mathworks.com
3. https://cloud.scilab.in
Assessment Methods: Lab Record, Model Lab Exam and End Semester Lab Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2
50 EE 7P1 - Power System CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2
Simulation Laboratory
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 EE 7P2 - Project Work - Phase I
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 0 0 4 60 2 100 - 100
• To apply the knowledge/concepts acquired in the lower semesters to
create/design/implement project relevant to the field of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering
• To acquire collaborative skills through working in a team to achieve common goals
Course
• To search for related area in which the members are going to do their project
Objective(s)
• To identify right project work, acquiring knowledge on that area, making preliminary
works towards phase II of the project work
• To acquire the skills to communicate effectively and to present ideas clearly and
coherently to a specific audience in both the written and oral forms
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Survey the literature and market for availability of resources.
Course CO2: Select the title and collect relevant information related with selected title.
Outcomes CO3: Collect the literature based on survey and do the partially design of the system.
CO4: Carryout partial design of the system.
CO5: Prepare and present the project report.
• Three reviews have to be conducted by the committee of minimum of three members
one of which should be the guide.
• Problem should be selected.
Methodology
• Students have to collect about 20 papers related to their work.
• Report has to be prepared by the students as per the format.
• Preliminary implementation can be done if possible.
• Internal evaluation has to be done for 100 marks.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

50 EE 7P2 - Project Work - Phase I CO3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R 2018
Semester VII
Hours/Wee Credit Maximum Marks
Course Code Course Name k
L T P C CA ES Total
50 TP 0P5 Career Competency Development V 0 0 2 0 100 0 100
• To help the learners to practice the written and oral communication skills in the academic
and professional contexts
• To help the learners to practice the verbal and logical reasoning ability to meet out the
requirements of both competitive exams and companies
Course
• To help the learners to practice effectively the aptitude modules for company based
Objective(s)
recruitments and competitive exams
• To help the learners to practice effectively the data interpretation and analysis modules for
company based recruitments and competitive exams
• To help the learners to hone the technical and programming skills for better employability
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Reinforce the written and oral communication skills in the academic and professional
contexts
2. Discriminate and assess the verbal and logical reasoning ability to meet out the
employability requirements of the companies
Course
3. Relate the aptitude modules for company based recruitments and competitive exams
Outcomes
effectively
4. Compare and illustrate the data interpretation and analysis modules effectively for
company based recruitments and competitive exams
5. Formulate and integrate the technical and programming skills to be focused on better
employability and code contests.
Unit – 1 Written and Oral Communication Hrs
Self-Introduction – GD – HR Interview Skills – Corporate Profile Review - Practices on Company
Based Questions and Competitive Exams 6
Materials: Instructor Manual
Unit – 2 Verbal & Logical Reasoning
Practices on Company Based Questions and Competitive Exams 6
Materials: Instructor Manual
Unit – 3 Quantitative Aptitude
Practices on Company Based Questions and Competitive Exams 6
Materials: Instructor Manual
Unit – 4 Data Interpretation and Analysis
Practices on Company Based Questions and Competitive Exams 6
Materials: Instructor Manual
Unit – 5 Programming & Technical Skills – Part 3
Data Structure - Arrays – Linked List – Stack – Queues – Tree – Graph. Practices on Algorithms and 6
Objective Type Questions.
Materials: Instructor Manual
Total 30
Evaluation Criteria
S.No. Particular Test Portion Marks
15 Questions each from Unit 1, 2,3, 4 & 5
1 Evaluation 1 - Written Test 50
(External Evaluation)
GD and HR Interview
2 Evaluation 2 - Oral Communication 30
(External Evaluation by English, MBA Dept.)

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 3 Evaluation 3 – Technical Interview Internal Evaluation by the Dept. – 3 Core Subjects 20
Total 100
Reference Books
1. Aggarwal, R.S. “A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non-verbal Reasoning”, Revised Edition 2008,
Reprint 2009, S.Chand & Co Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Abhijit Guha, “Quantitative Aptitude”, TMH, 3rd edition
3. Objective Instant Arithmetic by M.B. Lal & GoswamiUpkar Publications.
4. Word Power Made Easy by Norman Lewis W.R. GOYAL Publications
Note:
• Instructor can cover the syllabus by Class room activities and Assignments(5 Assignments/week)
• Instructor Manual has Class work questions, Assignment questions and Rough work pages
• Each Assignment has 20 questions for Unit 1,2,3,4 & 5 and Unit 5 and 5 questions from Unit 5(Algorithms) &
Unit 1(Oral Communication)
• Evaluation has to be conducted as like Lab Examination.
POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 3 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2

50 TP 0P5 - Career Competency

CO3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 2
Development V

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 EE 8P1- Project Work - Phase II
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VIII 0 0 16 240 8 60 40 100
• To enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a
project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study.
• To have guidance for an every project team, by the faculty member of the concerned
department.
Course • To receive the directions from the guide, on library reading, laboratory work, computer
Objective(s) analysis or field work as assigned by the guide.
• To present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the project
• To produce a comprehensive report covering background information, literature
survey, problem statement, project work details and conclusion. This final report shall
be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Make links across different areas of knowledge and to generate, develop and
evaluate ideas and information.
Course CO2: Apply these skills to the project.
Outcomes CO3: Design the project work.
CO4: Model and fabricate the project work.
CO5: Prepare and present the project work along with report.
• Three reviews have to be conducted by the committee of minimum of three members
one of which should be their project guide.
• Progress of project has to be monitored by the project guide and committee regularly.
• Each review has to be evaluated for 100 marks.
• Attendance is compulsory for all reviews. If a student fails to attend review for some
Methodology
valid reasons, one more chance may be given.
• Final review will be carried out by the committee that consists of minimum of three
members one of which should be their project guide (if possible include one external
expert examiner within the college).
• The project report should be submitted by the students around at the first week of
April

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 1 2
50 EE 8P1- Project Work - Phase
CO3 2 2 3 1 1 3 2
II
CO4 2 1 3 2 2 2 1 1 2

CO5 1 2 2 2 2 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE E11 - Biomedical Instrumentation
B.E (EEE)
Elective – I
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To Introduce Fundamentals of Biomedical Engineering
• To describe the diagnostic procedures for measuring non electrical parameters
Course • To discuss about the measurement of electrical parameters and electrical safety in
Objective(s) medical field
• To illustrate the basic principles in imaging techniques
• To define the basic concepts in life assisting and therapeutic devices
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Describe the philosophy of the heart, lung, blood circulation and respiration system.
2. Measure the non electrical parameters with biomedical equipments.
Course
3. Apply the devices to determine the electrical parameters and protect from electrical
Outcomes
hazards.
4. Identify the modern methods of imaging techniques and their analysis.
5. Summarize the medical assistance/techniques, robotic and therapeutic equipments.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering, Measurements and Instrumentation
FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Cell and its structure – Resting and Action Potential – Nervous system and its fundamentals - Basic components
of a biomedical system- Cardiovascular systems- Respiratory systems - Physiological signals and transducers -
Transducers – selection criteria. [9]
NON ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES
Measurement of blood pressure - Cardiac output - Heart rate - Heart sound - Pulmonary function measurements
– spiro meter –Plethysmo graphy – Blood Gas analysers, pH of blood –measurement of blood pCO2, pO2,
finger-tip oxy meter - ESR, GSR measurements. [9]
ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS ACQUISITION AND ANALYSIS
Electrodes – Limb electrodes –floating electrodes – pregelled disposable electrodes - Micro, needle and surface
electrodes – Amplifiers, Preamplifiers, differential amplifiers, chopper amplifiers – Isolation amplifier - ECG –
EEG – EMG – ERG – Lead systems and recording methods – Typical waveforms - Electrical safety in medical
environment, shock hazards – leakage current-safety parameters of biomedical equipments. [9]
IMAGING MODALITIES AND ANALYSIS
Radio graphic and fluoroscopic techniques – Computer tomography – MRI – Ultrasonography – Medical use of
isotopes - Endoscopy – Thermography –Digital X rays - Different types of biotelemetry systems. [9]
LIFE ASSISTING, THERAPEUTIC AND ROBOTIC DEVICES
Pacemakers – Defibrillators – Ventilators – Nerve and muscle stimulators – Diathermy – Heart – Lung machine –
Audio meters – Dialysers – Lithotripsy - ICCU patient monitoring system - Nano Robots - Robotic surgery –
Advanced 3D surgical techniques- Orthopedic prostheses fixation. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text Book(s):
Leslie Cromwell, “Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2007
1.
and ebook, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2019.
2. R.S.Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation,” Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2014.
Reference(s):
John G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation Application and Design, John Wiley and sons, New York, 5th
1.
Edition, 2020.
2. M.Arumugam, ‘Bio-Medical Instrumentation’, Anuradha Agencies, 2017.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Suh, Sang, Gurupur, Varadraj P., Tanik, Murat M., Health Care Systems, Technology and Techniques,
3.
Springer, 1st Edition, 2011.
4. Cromwell, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements, Pearson, 2015.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2 1 3 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
50 EE E11 - Biomedical
CO3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
Instrumentation
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous 2018
50 EE E25 - Batteries and Fuel Cell for Commercial Applications
B.E (EEE)
Elective – I
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To enhance the basic knowledge about Energy Storage System
• To discuss the requirement, performance capabilities and limitations of batteries for
Course communication satellites
Objective(s) • To perceive the different types of battery and fuel cell
• To describe the high-power batteries best suited for all-electric cars, EVs, and HEVs
• To familiarize low-power battery configurations that are suited for compact commercial
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Describe the most important battery systems and their role in the energy system and
as consumer products
2. Elaborate the application of batteries in communication Satellites and its power
Course requirements.
Outcomes 3. Appreciate the fuel cell technology based on its electrolyte with their applications.
4. Analyse the performance requirements of Various Rechargeable Batteries in HEVs.
5. Summarize the application of low power rechargeable batteries application in
commercial application.
Pre request Basic Electrical Engineering, Applied Chemistry
Current Status of Rechargeable Batteries and Fuel Cells
Rechargeable Batteries, Fundamental Aspects of a Rechargeable Battery, Rechargeable Batteries Irrespective of
Power Capability, Rechargeable Batteries for Commercial and Military Applications, Batteries for Low-Power
Applications, Fuel Cells. [9]

Batteries for Communications Satellites

Introduction, On-board Electrical Power System, Battery Power Requirements and Associated Critical
Components, Cost-Effective Design Criterion for Battery-Ideal Batteries for Communications Satellites,
Performance Capabilities and Battery Power Requirements for the Latest Commercial. [9]

Fuel Cell Technology

Introduction, Performance Capabilities of Fuel Cells Based on Electrolytes, Low-Temperature Fuel Cells Using
Various Electrolytes, Fuel Cells Using a Combination of Fuels, Fuel Cell Designs for Multiple Applications, Ion-
Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells, Potential Applications of Fuel Cells, Fuel Cells for Aircraft Applications, Fuel Cells
for Commercial, Fuel Cells Capable of Operating in Ultra-High-Temperature Environments, Fuel Cell Requirements
for Electric Power Plant Applications. [9]

Batteries for Electric and Hybrid Vehicles

Developed Earlier by Various Companies and Their Performance Specifications, Development History of the Latest
Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicle Types and Their Performance Capabilities and Limitations, Performance
Requirements of Various Rechargeable Batteries, Materials for Rechargeable Batteries, Critical Role of Rare Earth
Materials in the Development of EVs and HEVs. [9]

Low-Power Rechargeable Batteries for Commercial

Introduction, Low-Power Battery Configurations, Characteristics, Batteries for Miniaturized Electronic System
Applications, for Embedded-System Applications, Batteries for Medical Applications, Selection Criteria for Primary
and Secondary (Rechargeable) Batteries for Specific Applications. [9]

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. A.R. JHA, “Next-Generation Batteries and Fuel Cells for Commercial, Military, and Space Applications”, CRC
Press, 1st Edition, 2012.
2. M. Hashem Nehrir Caisheng Wang, “Modelling and Control of Fuel Cells: Distributed Generation Applications”,
Wiley, 1st Edition, 2009.
References:
“Electrochemical Power Sources: Batteries, Fuel Cells, and Supercapacitors”, Vladimir S. Bagotsky, John
1.
Wiley, 1st Edition, 2015.
2. David Linden and Thomas. B. Reddy “Hand Book of Batteries and Fuel cells”, 3rd Edition,McGraw Hill Book
Company, N.Y., 2002.
3. Viswanathan, B. and Scibioh, Aulice M, “Fuel Cells, Principles and Applications”, Universities Press, 2006.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/108103009/download/M9.pdf

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2
50 EE E25 - Batteries and Fuel Cell
CO3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3
for Commercial Applications
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE E13 – Renewable Energy Sources
B.E (EEE)
Elective – I
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To gain the knowledge of fundamentals and main characteristics of renewable energy sources.
• To illustrate the performance of wind and Bio energy
Course
• To Enrich the knowledge of ocean and geothermal energy sources
Objective(s)
• To Motive the concept of battery charging Techniques and grid connected system
• To identify the recent technologies in renewable energy systems .
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Estimate the solar energy, Utilization of it, Principles involved in solar energy collection and
conversion of it to electricity generation.
Course 2. Explore the concepts involved in wind energy conversion system by studying its components,
Outcomes types and performance.
3. Acquire the knowledge of Bio energy and various other renewable energy sources
4. Illustrate the concept of grid connected and battery charging Techniques
5. Reconnoiter the knowledge of recent renewable sources of fuel cell and hydrogen energy
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering, Electrical Machines – I, Electrical Machines – II
Solar Energy
Introduction - Solar radiation at the earth's surface-Solar Radiation measurements -Estimation of average solar
Radiation. Solar energy collectors- Classifications-Flat plate collectors-Concentrating collectors -Comparison. Solar
greenhouse- Solar thermal Electric power plant. Principles of photovoltaic conversion – PV system components –
types of solar cells– PV cell – module and array –array design - equivalent circuit – I-V and P-V characteristics.
Solar Photo Voltaic applications. [9]
Wind Energy
Introduction - Basic principles of wind energy conversion: Nature of the wind, power in the wind, forces on the
blades - wind data and energy estimation-site selection-classification of wind energy conversion systems-
Advantages and Disadvantages-Types of wind machines- Horizontal axis machine-Vertical axis machine-
Generating system-Energy Storage– Application of wind energy-Safety and environmental aspects. [9]
Other Renewable Energy Sources
Bio energy - Introduction Biomass conversion technologies – types of bio gas plants - applications –Biomass
energy programme in India. Tidal energy – Basic principle of tidal power – components and operations of tidal
power plant- Geothermal energy - Geothermal Sources – Prospects of geothermal energy in India - Ocean energy
resources – principles of ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) – Methods of Ocean thermal electric power
generation- Impact of renewable energy generation on environment, Kyoto protocol, Carbon Credit, CDM. [9]
Stand Alone and Grid Connected Systems
Basics of stand-alone and grid-connected systems (for Solar PV and wind) – hybrid systems – Need for Hybrid
Systems - Range and type of Hybrid systems - synchronization with grid – system sizing - Battery – types - Battery
charging and charge regulator. [9]
Storage Systems
Fuel cells-Hydrogen energy- Small hydro resources - Super capacitors – Ultra Flywheel mechanism for storage -
basic operation and schematic only. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Shobh Nath Singh “Non-Conventional Energy Resources” Pearson India, 2015
2 B.H.Khan, "Non-Conventional Energy Resources”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, Third Edition, 2017.
Reference(s):
1. S. S. Thipse “Non Conventional and Renewable Energy Sources” Alpha Science International Limited, 2014

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
2 Alpha Science International Limited “Renewable Energy Resources” Taylor & Francis 2015.
3 Dr. J P Navani “Non-Conventional Energy Resources” S CHAND & Company Limited, 2015
4 Gopal Nath Tiwari, Rajeev Kumar Mishra “Advanced Renewable Energy Sources” Royal Society of
Chemistry, 2015

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

50 EE E13 - Renewable Energy

CO3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
Sources

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE E33 - Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
B.E (EEE)
Elective – I
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To provide knowledge of semiconductors and solid mechanics to fabricate MEMS
devices.
Course • To educate on the rudiments of Micro fabrication techniques.
Objective(s) • To introduce various sensors and actuators
• To impart knowledge on different materials used for MEMS
• To identify the applications of MEMS
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Fabricate the MEMS devices using semiconductors.
Course 2. Summarize the basic concepts of electro static sensors and actuators.
Outcomes 3. Describe the working of actuators and sensors based on piezo effects
4. Discuss the Micro fabrication techniques.
5. Recognize the polymer and optical MEMS.
Prerequisite Basic knowledge on physics
INTRODUCTION
Intrinsic Characteristics of MEMS – Energy Domains and Transducers- Sensors and Actuators – Introduction to
Micro fabrication - Silicon based MEMS processes – New Materials – Review of Electrical and Mechanical
concepts in MEMS – Semiconductor devices – Stress and strain analysis – Flexural beam bending- Torsional
deflection. [9]
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS-I
Electrostatic sensors – Parallel plate capacitors – Applications – Interdigitated Finger capacitor – Comb drive
devices – Micro Grippers – Micro Motors - Thermal Sensing and Actuation – Thermal expansion – Thermal
couples – Thermal resistors – Thermal Bimorph - Applications – Magnetic Actuators – Micromagnetic
components – Case studies of MEMS in magnetic actuators- Actuation using Shape Memory Alloys. [9]
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS-II
Piezo resistive sensors – Piezo resistive sensor materials - Stress analysis of mechanical elements –
Applications to Inertia, Pressure, Tactile and Flow sensors – Piezoelectric sensors and actuators –
piezoelectric effects – piezoelectric materials – Applications to Inertia, Acoustic, Tactile and Flow sensors. [9]
MICROMACHINING
Silicon Anisotropic Etching – Anisotrophic Wet Etching – Dry Etching of Silicon – Plasma Etching – Deep
Reaction Ion Etching (DRIE) – Isotropic Wet Etching – Gas Phase Etchants – Case studies - Basic surface
micro machining processes – Structural and Sacrificial Materials – Acceleration of sacrificial Etch – Striction
and Antistriction methods – LIGA Process - Assembly of 3D MEMS – Foundry process. [9]
POLYMER AND OPTICAL MEMS
Polymers in MEMS – Polimide - SU-8 - Liquid Crystal Polymer (LCP) – PDMS – PMMA – Parylene –
Fluorocarbon - Application to Acceleration, Pressure, Flow and Tactile sensors - Optical MEMS – Lenses and
Mirrors – Actuators for Active Optical MEMS. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Chang Liu, ‘Foundations of MEMS’, Pearson Education Inc., 2012.
2. Tai Ran Hsu, “MEMS & Micro systems Design and Manufacture” Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
Reference(s):
1. Thomas M.Adams and Richard A.Layton, “Introduction MEMS, Fabrication and Application,” Springer, 2012.
2. James J.Allen, Micro Electro Mechanical System Design, CRC Press Publisher, 2010.
3. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, “The MEMS Handbook”, CRC press Baco Raton, 2001.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
4. Julian w. Gardner, Vijay K. Varadan, Osama O.Awadelkarim, “Micro Sensors MEMS and Smart Devices”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 1 1 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

50 EE E33 - Micro Electro

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Mechanical Systems

CO4 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2

CO5 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 MA E01 - Transform and Partial Differential Equations
B.E (EEE)
Elective – I
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P hrs C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To provide exposure and ability to use Fourier series
• To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of Fourier transform
• To develop the mathematical skills for solving partial differential equations
Course
Objective(s) • To acquire analytical skills in the areas of one-dimensional and two-dimensional
Boundary value problems
• To get exposed to the concepts of Z-transform
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Obtain the Fourier series expansion for the periodic functions.
CO2: Apply Fourier transform techniques for the continuous functions.
Course
CO3: Compute the solution of partial differential equations using different methods.
Outcomes
CO4: Compute the solution for one-dimensional wave equation, one-dimensional heat
equation and two-dimensional heat equation.
CO5: Apply Z-transform techniques to find the solution of difference equations.
FOURIER SERIES
Dirichlet’s conditions – General Fourier series – Odd and even functions – Half range sine series – Half
range cosine series –Parseval’s identify – Harmonic Analysis. [9]

FOURIER TRANSFORMS
Fourier transform pair – Sine and Cosine transforms – Properties – Transforms of simple functions –
Convolution theorem – Parseval’s identity - Problems. [9]

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions –
Solution of standard types of first order partial differential equations – Lagrange’s linear equation – Linear
partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients. [9]

APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Classification of second order quasi-linear partial differential equations – Solutions of one-dimensional wave
equation – One dimensional heat equation – Steady state solution of two- dimensional heat equation
(Insulated edges excluded) - Fourier series solutions in Cartesian coordinates. [9]

TRANSFORM AND DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS

Z-transform - Elementary properties – Initial and final value theorem - Inverse Z – transform – Partial fraction
method – Residue method - Convolution theorem - Solution of difference equations using Z – transform. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. B.S.Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 43rd Edition, 2014.
2 Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Limited, New Delhi,
10thEdition, 2012.
Reference(s):
1. Grewal B.S and Grewal J.S, “Numerical methods in Engineering and Science”, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 9th Edition, 2007.
2. Bali N.P and Manish Goyal, “A Text book of Engineering Mathematics”, Lakshmi Publications Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi, 9th Edition, 2014.
3. Veerarajan T, “Engineering Mathematics-III”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2nd
Edition, 2008.
4. P. Kandasamy, K. Thilagavathy, and K. Gunavathy, ‘Engineering Mathematics’, S.Chand & Sons, New Delhi,
Vol. III, 2003.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

50 MA E01 - Transform and

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
Partial Differential Equations

CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
51 EE E21 - Virtual Instrumentation Systems
B.E (EEE)
Elective – II
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To enhance the basic knowledge about virtual instruments
• To perceive the different programming methods used in virtual instrumentation
Course
• To familiarize the design and applications of virtual instrumentation
Objective(s)
• To explore the various VI tool sets for process control
• To demonstrate the use of LABVIEW for real time applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the architecture of Virtual Instruments and classify the concepts of graphical
programming.
Course
2. Cultivate the simple VI’s using structures, file I/O using data types.
Outcomes
3. Identify the significance of virtual instruments in signal processing.
4. Recall the principles and pin configuration of bus interface standards.
5. Design, develop and manage VI’s for real time applications
Prerequisites Measurements and Instrumentation
Introduction
Virtual Instrumentation: Historical perspective, Advantages, Architecture of a virtual instrument, Data-flow
techniques, Graphical programming in data flow, Comparison with conventional programming. [9]

VI Programming Techniques
Concepts of graphical programming language LabVIEW, Concept of Vis and Sub VI, Graphs &charts, Data flow
programming Loops, Cases and sequence structures, String and file I/O, Types of data, Arrays & clusters,
Formula nodes, Math scrip integration, Local and global variables, Event Structure, Building executable and
installers. [9]

Data Acquisition and Signal Processing

Introduction to data acquisition on PC, Sampling fundamentals, Input / Output techniques and buses. ADC,
DAC, counters and timers, DMA, Software and hardware installation, Data acquisition interface requirements.
Signal Processing: Basic Wave Information, Signal Analysis, Filters, Spectrum Analysis, Conditioning &
Measurements, Transforms. [9]

Interface Standards and Embedded Platform

Common Instrument Interfaces: Current loop, RS232C / RS485, GPIB. Introduction to System approach, System
architecture, RIO architecture in system design, Concept of Real time, Real time terms, Multithreading, RTOS,
LabVIEW Real Time System, RT Target (cRIO/PXI Platform). [9]

Applications
Introduction to Control Design and simulation tools, spectral measurements toolkit control design and simulation
module, system identification toolkit, data logging and supervisory control , GSD applications - material handling
system, plastic injection molding system, semiconductor production control system . [9]
Text Book(s):
1. Garry M. Johnson, “Lab VIEW Graphical Programming”, TATA McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2006.
2. Jovitha Jerome, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference(s):
Jim Kring& Jeffrey Travis, “LabVIEW for everyone: Graphical Programming Made Easy and Fun”, Prentice
1.
Hall, Third Edition 2006.
2. Sanjay Gupta and Joseph John, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, Tata McGraw Hill Inc., 2005.
3. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112104039/lecture13/138

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
4. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112106139/pdf/5_1.pdf

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2

51 EE E21 - Virtual
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3
Instrumentation Systems

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous
51 EE E31 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems
B.E (EEE)
Elective – II
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To Characterize the various neural network topologies and use them to solve electrical
Engineering Problems.
• To expose the students with the concept of fuzzy set theory
Course • To illustrate the fuzzy logic control system and apply them to electrical engineering
Objective(s) problems
• To comprehend the concept of genetic algorithm and its applications.
• To distinguish the features of hybrid systems developed using the concept of Fuzzy
Logic, Neural Network and Genetic Algorithm and recognize their applications.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Characterize the concept of artificial neural networks and its topologies.
2. Develop neural network-based controller and prediction system for electrical engineering
Course with the different neural networks and its learning methods
Outcomes 3. Design the fuzzy logic controller for electrical engineering problems with the fuzzy
concept and fuzzy system.
4. Enlighten the concept of genetic algorithm and its functional components.
5. Develop the hybrid system for direct drive motor and flexible robots.
Prerequisite Calculus and Differential Equations, Programming for Problem Solving
NEURAL NETWORK ARCHITECTURES AND ALGORITHMS
Biological Neural Network – Artificial Neural Network – Common activation functions –Network topology –
McCulloch Pitts neuron – Learning rules. Supervised Learning Network: Preceptron networks – Adaline –
Madaline – Back propagation network. Associative Memory Network: Hopfield network. Unsupervised Learning
Network: Kohonenself organizing feature maps –Adaptive resonance theory. [10]
NEURO CONTROLLER APPLICATION
Case study: Application of neural computing for lightning, load forecasting, economic dispatch, Introduction to
simulation for Neural Network. [5]
FUZZY THEORY
Classical sets – Fuzzy set theory: Fuzzy set operations, properties of fuzzy sets – Fuzzy relations: Cardinality,
operations, properties and fuzzy composition – Linguistic variables – membership function. [5]
FUZZY LOGIC CONTROLLER AND APPLICATION
Fuzzy rule base: Formation of rules, Aggregation of fuzzy rules – approximate reasoning –Fuzzy inference
system: Mamdani and Sugeno fuzzy systems- Fuzzy logic control system – FLC design steps – Fuzzification –
defuzzification methods – Adaptive fuzzy system.
Applications: Load frequency control, Inverted pendulum, Home heating system. Introduction to simulation for
Fuzzy logic.[10]
GENETIC ALGORITHM AND HYBRID SYSTEMS
Genetic algorithm: Introduction, Basic operators, Simple GA. Neuro fuzzy system: Concept, Application:
Control of direct drive motor - Genetic Fuzzy Systems: Concept, Application: Control of flexible Robots. [5]
Hands on Practice: [10]
1. Neural network implementation using C and C++:Single Layer Perceptron
2. Neural network implementation using C and C++: Adaline
3. Primitive operation on fuzzy set with dynamic components using C and C++.
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. S. N. Sivanandam and S.N. Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India(p) Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2018.
2. S. Rajasekaran, G.A. Vijayalakshmi Pai “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Systems and Evolutionary Algorithms:
Synthesis and Applications” Prentice Hall India, 2017.
Reference(s):
1. Timothy J.Ross, “Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications”, Wiley, 4th edition, 2016.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
2. D. S. Hooda and Vivek Raich “Fuzzy Logic Models and Fuzzy Control: An Introduction” alpha science,
2017.
3. Tariq Rashid “Make Your Own Neural Network: A Gentle Journey Through the Mathematics of Neural
Networks, and Making Your Own Using the Python Computer Language”, 2016.
4. Aggarwal, Charu C. “Neural Networks and Deep Learning” Springer, 2018.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

51 EE E31 - Neural Networks and

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Fuzzy Logic

CO4 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E32 - Electrical Machine Design
B.E (EEE)
Elective – II
Hours / Week Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Total hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To have a good Knowledge on fundamentals of magnetic circuit and selection of
materials.
Course • To impart knowledge on principles of design of static and rotating electrical machines
Objective(s) • To explain the various design parameters of electrical machines and the factors to be
considered while selecting them.
• To investigate the case study of various static and rotating machines.
• end
At the To give a basic
of the ideathe
course, about computer
students will aided design
be able to (CAD) and finite element method.
1. Calculate the various magnetic circuit parameters of electrical machines and to explain
their concepts.
2. Design armature and field systems for D.C machines.
Course 3. Creatively apply knowledge to design core, yoke, windings and cooling systems of
Outcomes transformers.
4. Construct the design of stator and rotor of induction machines and synchronous
machines
5. Explain the different techniques of computer aided design and finite element method.
Prerequisite Electro Magnetic Field, Electrical machines-I, Electrical machines - II.
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN
Characteristics of materials selection-conductors, insulators. Standard specification of frame size, conductors and
insulation - Magnetization and loss curves – Real and Apparent flux density- Heating and cooling of electrical
machines. [9]
D.C MACHINES
Construction details – Output equation – Main dimensions- Choice of specific loadings –Choice of number of
poles- Armature design – Design of field poles and field coils –Design of commutator and brushes. Case study for
the validation of commercial available machines. [9]

TRANSFORMERS
Construction details of core and shell type transformers – Output rating of single phase and three phase
transformers – Optimum design of transformers - Design of yoke, core and winding for core and shell type
transformers-Equivalent circuit parameters from design data- Design of tank and cooling tubes of transformers.
Estimation of leakage reactance. Case study for the validation of commercial available machines. [9]

A.C MACHINES
Construction details of A.C. machines – Output equation – Main dimensions- Choice of specific loadings –Design
of stator – Design of squirrel cage and slip ring rotor- Equivalent circuit parameters from design data – Short
circuit ratio- Design of rotor of cylindrical pole and salient pole synchronous machines. [9]

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN

Need for computer aided design – Analysis method – Synthesis method - Introduction to analysis of electrical
machine parameters using FEM. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. A.K.Sawhney , ‘A course in Electrical Machine Design’ , Dhanpat Rai and sons,New Delhi, 2016.
SK Sen, ‘Principles of Electrical Machine Design with Computer Programme’, Oxford and IBH publishing
2.
Co. Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Reference(s):

1. R.K Agarwal,’Principles of Electrical Machine Design’, S.K.Kataria sons ,NewDelhi, 2010.

2. V.N Mittle and A. Mittle, ‘Design of Electrical Machines’, Standard Publications and Distributors, Delhi, 2012.
M.G. Say “Performance and Design of AC machines” CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi, first Indian
3. Edition, Reprint, 2005.
4. Sheppard J. Salen, "FEA of Electrical Machines, Springer International Edition, First Indian reprint, 2011.

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2

50 EE E32 - Electrical Machine

CO3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Design

CO4 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous 2018
50 EE E24 – Advanced Control Theory
B.E (EEE)
Elective – II
Semester Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To describe the concept of state space analysis of the system.
• To acquire knowledge in the design of state variable and feedback system.
Course
Objective(s) • To illustrate the phase plane analysis and describing function analysis.
• To explore the design of optimal controller.
• To recognize the concepts of stability of the system.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Formulate the state space model and examine the controllability and observability of a
system.
Course 2. Design the state variable and dynamic state feedback systems.
Outcomes 3. Understand the phase plane analysis and describing function analysis concept.
4. Design the optimal controller.
5. Analyse the stability using Liapunov’s direct method and Popov’s method.
Prerequisite Electrical Circuit Analysis, Control Systems
State Space Analysis
Introduction to state space analysis– Physical variables, Phase variables and Canonical variables forms – State
transition matrix - Controllability and Observability. [9]
State Variable Design
Design by state feedback – output feedback – pole assignment technique – Design of state and output feedback
controllers – Design of reduced and full order observers – PI feedback – Dynamic state feedback – Adaptive
control.
[9]
Non-Linear systems
Types of non-linearity – Typical examples – Jump resonance – Equivalent linearization – Phase plane analysis –
Limit cycles – Describing functions – Performance analysis using Describing functions. [9]
Optimal Control
Introduction – Time varying optimal control – LQR steady state optimal control – Solution of Ricatti’s equation –
Application examples. [9]
Stability
Stability concepts – Equilibrium points – BIBO and asymptotic stability – Direct method of Liapunov – Application to
non-linear problems – Frequency domain stability criteria – Popov’s method and its extensions. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text Book(s):
1. M. Gopal, “Digital control and state variable methods”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi,
2010.
2. I.J Nagrath and M.Gopal, “Control Systems engineering”, ‘New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2009.
Reference(s):
1. K. Ogata, ‘Modern Control Engineering’, 4th edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2010.
2. T. Glad and L. Ljung,, “Control Theory –Multivariable and Non-Linear Methods”, Taylor & Francis, 2002.
3. D.S.Naidu, “Optimal Control Systems” First Indian Reprint, CRC Press, 2018.
4. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-7506-5100-4.X5000-1

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

50 EE E24 - Advanced Control

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3
Theory

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE E12 - Digital Power System Protection
B.E (EEE)
Elective – II
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To interpret the fundamental principles of digital protection
• To infer the operation of microprocessor based protective relays
• To realize the various dynamic characteristics of digital relay for protection of
Course
transmission lines, transformers
Objective(s)
• To interpolate the application of DSP fundamentals and application to current and voltage
phasor estimation
• To identify the new developments in protective relaying and applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Enhance the knowledge about signal processing techniques needed for power system
protection.
Course CO2: Analyze the microprocessor based protective relays and their operations.
Outcomes
CO3: Describe necessity of apparatus and system protection.
CO4: Estimate the current and voltage magnitudes from the sampled measurements.
CO5: Discuss evolution of recent developments in relaying.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering, Measurements and Instrumentation
Introduction of Digital protection
Introduction to computer relaying: Development and historical background, expected relay architecture, A-D
converters, Anti – aliasing Filters, substation computer hierarchy. Review of mathematical basis for protective
relaying algorithms: Fourier series, Orthogonal expansions, Fourier transforms, Discrete Fourier transforms. [9]
Microprocessor based protective relays
Overcurrent, directional, impedance, reactance relays. Generalized mathematical expressions for distance
relays, mho and offset mho relays, quadrilateral relay, microprocessor implementation of digital distance
relaying algorithms. [9]
Digital Protection of Apparatus
Transmission line relaying algorithms: Introduction, sources of error, relaying as parameter estimation,
Symmetrical component distance relay, Protection of series compensated lines, Protection of transformers,
Machines and buses: Power transformer algorithms, digital protection of generators and motors. [9]
Hardware organization
Computers for relaying, substation environment, Industry environmental standards, counter measures against
EMI, Redundancy and Backup System relaying and control: Measurement of frequency and phase, sampling
clock synchronization, Application of phase measurements to static and dynamic state estimation, system
monitoring. [9]
Developments in Digital Relaying
Development in new relaying principles: Travelling waves in single phase and three phase lines travelling waves
due to faults, directional wave relay, travelling wave distance relay, Differential Relaying with phasors, travelling
wave differential relays, adaptive relaying fault location algorithms, recent developments in relaying.
[9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Badri Ram, Vishwakarma, “Power System Protection and Switchgear”, Tata McGraw Hill Private Ltd, 2013.
2. Paithankar Y.G and Bhide S.R, “Fundamental of Power System Protection”, PHI publisher Pvt Ltd, Second
Edition, New Delhi, 2013.
Reference(s):
1. T.S. Madava Rao, “Power System Protection, Static Relays with Microprocessor Applications”, McGraw Hill
Higher Education; 2nd Edition, 2004.
2. S. R. Bhide, Digital Power System Protection, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd Delhi, 2014.
3. A. T. Johns and S. K. Salman, “Digital Protection for Power Systems”, Peter Peregrinus Ltd, 1997.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101039/

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1

50 EE E12 - Digital Power System CO3 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3

Protection

CO4 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 1

CO5 3 3 1 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E22 - PLC and SCADA
B.E (EEE)
Elective – III
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To define the fundamentals of PLC automation and various automation systems used
in industry.
• To describe the working of the PLC and its programming in automation systems.
• To develop skill in simple application design with timers and counters of PLC
Course
automation system.
Objective(s)
• To introduce the basic elements, hardware and software requirements of SCADA
automation.
• To emphasis real time case studies and should further understand how to design any
application based on these systems.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Describe the automation, it’s importance and PLC evolution, operating principles of
various PLC modules.
2. Manipulate Programming languages, instructions of PLC and industrial applications
Course using PLC.
Outcomes 3. Summarize the significance application of timers and counters in PLC.
4. Describe the architecture, communication, hardware and software components of
SCADA.
5. Classify various networks in automation environment using PLC and SCADA.
Prerequisites Digital Electronics, Analog Electronics
Introduction to Programmable Logic Controller
Automation: fundamentals of industrial automation, need and role of automation, PLC evolution – hardware
control system compared with PLC system - advantages of PLCs – criteria for selection of suitable PLC - Block
diagram of PLC – principle of operation – CPU – memory organization – I/O modules – Input types – Logic,
Analog – pulse train – expansion modules – power supplies to PLC – modular PLCs - Types of PLC - I/O modules
- Distributed I/O modules - I/O devices. [9]
PLC Programming
Programming devices - Sourcing and sinking concept - Ladder diagram - Conversion of relay ladder to PLC
ladder diagram - Arithmetic instruction - Data manipulating instructions - Latching relays -PLC registers - Timer
instructions - Counter instructions - Closed loop control functions - Uses of PLC in industries. [9]
Timers and Counters
Interlocking and trip concept - Mechanical timing relay - ON DELAY timer and OFF DELAY timer instructions -
retentive timer, cascading timers- counter instructions - Up/Down counters - cascading counters, incremental
encoder - counter applications. [9]
Introduction to SCADA
Definition of SCADA - Elements of SCADA System - Brief History of SCADA - SCADA control - Remote Terminal
Units - Master Station-Communication Protocols in SCADA - SCADA Hardware and software - Web Based
Automation. [9]
Networking of PLC and SCADA
Networking of PLCs – Network communication – OSI Model types – OPC function. Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition – Architecture – development and runtime mode functions, Tools – tag database, recipe database –
log, trace – alarm logging – Trend – on line, off line – Security and user access management - Management
Information-System – report function - Case study: Siemens SCADA System manages tunnel. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Petruzella, Frank D., “Programmable Logic Controllers”, Fifth Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2019.
2. Stuart Boyer A., “SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition”, Fourth Edition ISA, USA, 2009.
Reference(s):

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
1. Webb, John W. Programmable Logic Controllers: Principles and Application, Fifth edition, Prentice Hall of
India,New Delhi, 2009.
2 Rajesh Mehra, PLCs & SCADA - Theory and Practice, University science press, 2011.
3 Jit,ender Singh, PLC and SCADA, University science press, 2015.
4 www.opcfoundation.com

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 3 1 1 2 3 3 3

CO2 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 3 3 3

50 EE E22 - PLC and SCADA CO3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO4 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO5 2 2 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R 2018
50 EE E14 - VLSI Design
B.E (EEE)
Elective – III
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To acquire knowledge on the fundamentals of CMOS circuits and its characteristics.
• To apply the realization concepts of combinational MOS Logic Circuits
Course • To design and analyze the sequential digital circuits
Objective(s) • To discuss the architectural choices and performance tradeoffs involved in designing
and realizing the circuits in CMOS technology
• To disseminate the different FPGA architectures and testability of VLSI circuits.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Realize the concepts of digital building blocks using MOS transistor.
2. Develop combinational MOS circuits and compare various power strategies.
Course 3. Design and construct sequential circuits and timing systems with their classification.
Outcomes 4. Construct various arithmetic building blocks including case study and memory
subsystems.
5. Apply and implement FPGA design flow and testing using hardware description
language.
Prerequisites Electronic Devices and Circuits, Digital Logic circuits
INTRODUCTION TO MOS TRANSISTOR
MOS Transistor, CMOS logic, Inverter, Pass Transistor, Transmission gate, Layout Design Rules, Gate Layouts,
Stick Diagrams, Long-Channel I-V characteristics, C-V characteristics, Non ideal I-V Effects, DC Transfer
characteristics, RC Delay Model, Elmore Delay, Linear Delay Model, Logical effort, Parasitic Delay, Delay in
Logic Gate, Scaling. [9]
COMBINATIONAL MOS LOGIC CIRCUITS
Circuit Families: Static CMOS, Ratioed Circuits, Cascode Voltage Switch Logic, Dynamic Circuits, Pass
Transistor Logic, Transmission Gates, Domino, Dual Rail Domino, CPL, DCVSPG, DPL, Circuit Pitfalls. Power:
[9]
Dynamic Power, Static Power, Low Power Architecture.
SEQUENTIAL CIRCUIT DESIGN
Static latches and Registers, Dynamic latches and Registers, Pulse Registers, Sense Amplifier Based Register,
Pipelining, Schmitt Trigger, Monostable Sequential Circuits, Astable Sequential Circuits. Timing Issues: Timing
Classification of Digital System, Synchronous Design. [9]
DESIGN OF ARITHMETIC BUILDING BLOCKS AND SUBSYSTEM
Arithmetic Building Blocks: Data Paths, Adders, Multipliers, Shifters, ALUs, power and speed tradeoffs, Case
Study: Design as a tradeoff. Designing Memory and Array structures: Memory Architectures and Building Blocks,
Memory Core, Memory Peripheral Circuitry. [9]
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES AND TESTING
Electronic Design Automation, Hardware modeling with the Verilog HDL and VHDL, Logic System, Data Types
and Operators for Modeling in Verilog HDL and VHDL. FPGA Building Block Architectures, FPGA Interconnect
Routing Procedures. Design for Testability: Ad Hoc Testing, Scan Design, BIST, IDDQ Testing, Design for
Manufacturability, Boundary Scan. [9]
Text book(s):
1. Neil H.E. Weste, David Money Harris ― CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective, 4th
Edition, Pearson, 2017.
2. Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje. Nikolic, Digital Integrated Circuits:A Design perspective,
Second Edition, Pearson, 2016.
References:
1. Sung-Mo kang, Yusuf leblebici, Chulwoo Kim ― CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits:Analysis & Design,4th
edition McGraw Hill Education, 2013.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
2. Wayne Wolf, ― Modern VLSI Design: System on Chip, Pearson Education, 2007.
3. R.Jacob Baker, Harry W.LI., David E.Boyee, ― CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation‖, Prentice
Hall of India 2005.
4. M.J. Smith, ― Application Specific Integrated Circuits, Addisson Wesley, 3rd Edition Pearson 2003.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 1

50 EE E14 - VLSI Design CO3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2

CO4 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 3

CO5 3 3 2 1 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE E34 - Digital Image Processing
B.E (EEE)
Elective – III
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To summarize digital image fundamentals and Transforms
• To discuss simple image enhancement techniques in Spatial and Frequency domain
Course
• To apply the concepts of degradation function and restoration techniques
Objective(s)
• To illustrate the image segmentation and representation techniques
• To identify different image compression and recognition methods
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Discuss the fundamentals of Digital image.
Course 2. Analyse image enhancement techniques in spatial domain.
Outcomes 3. Apply image restoration through various filters.
4. Explain the concepts of segmentation and boundary extraction.
5. Use the algorithms for lossy and lossless compression.
Prerequisite Digital Signal Processing
DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS AND TRANSFORMS
Elements of visual perception – Image sampling and quantization Basic relationship between pixels – Basic
geometric transformations-Introduction to Fourier Transform and DFT – Properties of 2D Fourier Transform –
Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar, Color image fundamentals - RGB, HSI models. [9]

IMAGE ENHANCEMENT
Basic gray level transformations – Histogram equalization – Histogram matching –spatial filtering – smoothing
spatial filters – sharpening spatial filters- Ideal, Butterworth and Gaussian filters, Homomorphic filtering, Color
image enhancement. [9]
IMAGE RESTORATION
Model of the image degradation / Restoration process- mean filters – order – statistics filters- Adaptive filters –
Inverse filtering – minimum mean square error filtering – constrained least squares filtering – Geometric mean filter
– geometric transformations. [9]

IMAGE SEGMENTATION AND REPRESENTATION

Edge detection – Thresholding – Region Based segmentation – Boundary representation: chair codes- Polygonal
approximation – Boundary segments – boundary descriptors: Simple descriptors-Fourier descriptors – Regional
descriptors –Simple descriptors- Texture Image Segmentation Based on Color. [9]

IMAGE COMPRESSION
Lossless compression: Variable length coding – LZW coding – Bit plane coding- predictive coding - DPCM. Lossy
Compression: Transform coding – Wavelet coding – Basics of Image compression standards: JPEG, MPEG,
Basics of Vector quantization. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book:
1. Rafael C. Gonzales, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
2. A.K. Jain, ‗Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing‘, New Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2016.
Reference(s):
1. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, ‗Digital Image Processing‘, Pearson, Fourth Edition, 2018.
2. William K. Pratt, ‗Digital Image Processing‗, John Wiley, New York, 2016
3. Malay K. Pakhira, “Digital Image Processing and Pattern Recognition”, First Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
2011.
4. D.E. Dudgeon and RM. Mersereau, “Multidimensional Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall Professional
Technical Reference, 2016.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

50 EE E34 - Digital Image

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
Processing

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E35 – Digital Control Systems
B.E (EEE)
Elective – III
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To study the principles of controllers in feedback systems.
• To give the adequate knowledge about signal processing in digital control.
Objective(s) • To study the importance of modelling of sampled data control systems.
• To introduce the design concept of digital controllers.
• To familiarize the concepts of digital control algorithms.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Illustrate the principles of continuous and discrete controllers.
2. Analyze the signal processing and digital control
Course
Outcomes 3. Propose the modelling of digital control systems.
4. Design digital control Algorithms
5. Suggest the practical aspects of digital control algorithms.
Controllers in Feedback Systems: Review of frequency and time response analysis and specifications of first
order and second order feedback control systems, need for controllers, continuous time compensations,
continuous time PI, PD, PID controllers, digital PID controllers. [9]
Signal Processing in Digital Control: Sampling theorem, quantization, aliasing and quantization error, hold
operation, mathematical model of sample and hold, zero and first order hold, factors limiting the choice of
sampling rate, reconstruction. [9]
Modeling of Sampled Data Control System: Difference equation description, Z-transform method of
description, pulse transfer function, time and frequency response of discrete time control systems, stability of
digital control systems, Jury's stability test, state space description, first companion, second companion, Jordan
canonical models, discrete state variable models (elementary principles only). [9]
Design of Digital Control Algorithms: Review of principle of compensator design, Z-plane specifications,
digital compensator design using frequency response plots, discrete integrator, discrete differentiator,
development of digital PID controller, transfer function, design in the Z-plane. [9]
Practical Aspects of Digital Control Algorithms: Algorithm development of PID control algorithms, standard
programmes for microcontroller implementation, finite word length effects, choice of data acquisition systems,
microcontroller based temperature control systems, microcontroller based motor speed control systems, DSP
implementation of motor control system. [9]
Text Book(s):
1. M. Gopal, “Digital Control and State Variable Methods 4/E”, McGraw Hill Education, 2013
Hemchandra Madhusudan Shertukde, “Digital Control Applications Illustrated with MATLAB”, CRC Press
2.
1st Edition,2015
Reference book(s):
1. B. C. Kuo, “Digital Control Systems 6/E”, Oxford University Press-New Delhi, 2014.
Landau Landau, Zito Landau, “ Digital Control Systems : Design, Identification and Implementation”,
2.
Springer-Verlag, 2020
3. Ogata, “Discrete Time Control Systems”, Prentice Hall, 2005.
G. F. Franklin, J. D. Powell and M. L. Workman, Digital Control of Dynamic Systems, Addison Wesley,
4.
Pearson Education, Asia, 2014.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

50 EE E35 – Digital Control CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

Systems

CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E36 - Power System Deregulation
B.E(EEE)
Elective III
Hours/Week Tota Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P l hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
1. To provide in-depth understanding of operation of deregulated electricity market
systems.
Course 2. To examine overview of power systems economic operation in deregulation.
Objective(s) 3. To analyze the transmission pricing in various countries.
4. To recognize the ancillary service management in various countries.
5. To gain the knowledge in reform initiatives in Indian power sector.
At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Illustrate the need for deregulation of the electricity supply.
Course
2. Analyze the power systems economic operation in deregulation.
Outcomes
3. Categorize the transmission management issues and various forms of deregulated
structure.
4. Know the ancillary service management in various countries.
5. Identify the reforms in Indian power sector.
Perquisites Power System Operation and Control
Introduction
Deregulation of the Electricity Supply Industry - meaning of deregulation - background to deregulation and the
current situation around the world - benefits from a competitive electricity market.

Power System Economic Operation Overview

Introduction - economical load dispatch - optimal power flow as a basic tool - unit commitment - Formation of
power pools- role of independent system operator (ISO) - operational planning activities of ISO - Operational
planning activities of a Genco.

Transmission Open Access and Pricing Issues

Introduction, power wheeling, transmission open access, cost components in transmission, pricing of power
transactions, transmission open access and pricing mechanisms in various countries, developments in
international transmission pricing in Europe, security management in deregulated environment, Congestion
management in deregulation.

Ancillary Services Management and Reliability in deregulation

Ancillary services and management in various countries. Reactive power as an ancillary service -Terminology,
reliability analysis, network model, reliability costs, hierarchical levels, reliability and deregulation, performance
indicators.

Reforms in Indian Power Sector

Introduction – Framework of Indian power sector – Reform initiatives - Availability based tariff – Electricity act
2003 – Open access issues – Power exchange – Reforms in the near future.
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Kankar Bhattacharya, Math H.J. Bollen and Jaap E. Daalder: Operation of Restructured Power Systems,
Springer Publishers, 2001.
2. Mohammad Shahidehpour and Muwaffaqalomoush – Restructured Electrical Power Systems, 1st Edition,
Marcel Dekker, Inc., 2001.
Reference(s):
1. Loi Lei Lai, “power system restructuring and Deregulation”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., England.
2. Sally Hunt, “Making competition work in electricity”, John Willey and Sons Inc. 2002.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
3. Steven Stoft, “Power system economics: designing markets for electricity”, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
4. P.Venkatesh,B.V.Manikandan,S.Charles Raja and A.Srinivasan,”Electrical Power Systems Analysis,
Security and Deregulation”, PHI Learning Pvt, Ltd. New Delhi-2012.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

50 EE E36 - Power System

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Deregulation

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E41 – High Voltage Engineering
B.E (EEE)
Elective – IV
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To provide an overview of transient over voltages in electric power systems
• To study the various breakdown theories in gases, solids and liquids.
Course
• To acquire knowledge on the various generation methods of high voltage and current.
Objective(s)
• To apply the different measuring techniques of high voltage and currents.
• To enhance the knowledge in testing of high voltage equipments.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Analyze the causes of overvoltage in a power system.
2. Illustrate the different breakdown mechanisms in solid, liquid, gaseous & vacuum.
Course 3. Propose various methods to generate high voltages and current.
Outcomes
4. Employ techniques to measure various types of high voltages and current.
5. Suggest suitable testing methods to test various high voltage equipments and outline
the Indian and international standards.
Prerequisite Electric Circuit Analysis, and Generation, Transmission and Distribution,
Transient Over voltages in Electric Power Systems
Natural causes of over voltages: Lightning phenomena –charge formation in the clouds- mechanism of lightning
strokes- mathematical model for lightning, over voltages due to switching surges: Origin of switching surges
characteristics of switching surges-power frequency overvoltage in power systems, control of overvoltage due
to switching- Travelling waves on transmission lines. [9]

Electrical Breakdown in Gases, Solids and Liquids

Gases dielectrics: Ionization processes – Breakdown theories: Townsend’s theory – current growth equation –
criterion for breakdown - Streamer theory - Paschen's law- Breakdown in non-uniform fields and corona
discharges: Corona Discharges - Vacuum insulation - Vacuum breakdown.
Liquids dielectrics: Classifications of liquid dielectrics - Pure liquids and commercial liquids- Conduction and
breakdown in liquids,
Solid dielectric: Intrinsic breakdown - Electromechanical breakdown – Breakdown due to treeing and tracking -
Breakdown due to internal discharges-Breakdown in composite dielectrics. [9]
Generation of High Voltages and Currents
Introduction-Generation of high DC voltage; Half and full-wave rectifier circuits - voltage doublers circuits-
voltage multiplier circuits - Van de graaff generator-Electrostatic generators. Generation of high AC Voltages:
Cascade transformers - Resonant Transformer-Tesla coil. Generation of impulse voltages: Standard impulse
wave shapes circuit for producing impulse wave- Marx circuit. Generation of impulse currents: definition of
impulse current waveforms – circuit for producing impulse current waves - Tripping and control of Impulse
Generators. [9]
Measurement of High Voltage and Currents
Measurement of high DC voltages: Series resistance micrometer-Resistance potential divider - generating
voltmeter - Measurement of high AC and impulse voltages: series impedance voltmeters-series capacitance
voltmeter- capacitive voltage transformer - electrostatic voltmeters- sphere gap measurements - Measurement
of high currents, direct, alternating, leakage and impulse: Hall generator for dc measurements - coaxial tubular -
rogowski coils - CRO for impulse voltage and current measurement. [9]
High Voltage Testing of Electrical Power Apparatus
Test on insulators - power frequency test - impulse test. Testing of bushings - power frequency test - impulse
voltage tests-thermal test. Testing of Isolators and Circuit breakers: Introduction - short circuit tests - Testing of
Cables - preparation of the cable samples - dielectric power factor test - partial discharge test - Testing of
Transformers: inducted overvoltage test-partial discharge tests - impulse test - Testing of Surge Arresters – Tan
Delta measurement – Partial Discharge measurement – Radio interference measurement - Test facilities

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
provided in High Voltage Laboratories – International and Indian test Standards and specifications. [9]
Text book(s):
1. M.S. Naidu and V.Kamaraju, “High Voltage Engineering”, McGraw Hill India, 6th Edition, 2020.
Kuffel, E., Zaengl, W.S, and Kuffel.J, “High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals”, Butterworth-Heineman,
2.
Oxford, London, 2000.
Reference(s):
1. Ryan H U, “High Voltage Engineering Testing” 3rd Edition, IET, 2012.
2. Kuchler A “High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals Technology Applications”, Springer, 2018.
3. C.L. Wadhwa, “High voltage Engineering “, New Age Publishers, 3rd edition, 2008.
Ravindra Arora and Bharat Singh Rajpurohit “Fundamentals of High Voltage Engineering”, Wiley, 1 st
4.
edition, 2019.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
50 EE E41 - High Voltage
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
Engineering
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous 2018
50 EE E42 – Power Quality
B.E(EEE)
Elective - IV
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• Recognize various power quality issues in power system
• Categorize transient studies and validate results for switching surges and lighting
surges
Course • Develop a system to providing quality power to the consumers
Objective(s) • Propose solutions for all the power quality issues by using modern techniques
• Modify some of the existing protection measures against transients and power quality
problems
•
At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Underline the various power quality issues and their sources in power system.
2. Illustrate the switching surges and sketch reflection and refraction of travelling waves.
Course 3. Extrapolate the various power quality problems on power system networks
Outcomes 4. Inspect the different types harmonics in power system network and develop a control
methods.
5. Design a compensation technique for power quality issues and protection for
transients.
Prerequisite Basic knowledge in generation, transmission and distribution of electrical power
Electric Power Quality Phenomena
Review of various types of power system transients – effect of transients on power systems - Impacts of power
quality problems on end users, Power quality standards and power quality monitoring. [5]
Transients
Origin and classification- capacitor switching transient-lighting-load switching-impact on users-protection
mitigation. Closing and reclosing of lines – load rejection – fault initiation – fault clearing – short line faults –
Ferroresonance – isolator switching surges – temporary over voltages – surge on an integrated system.
Computation of transient: Travelling wave method – Beweley’s Lattice diagram, EMTP software. [11]
Power Quality Disturbances
short duration voltage variations, long duration voltage variations, voltage imbalance, wave-form distortions,
voltage fluctuations, power frequency variations, power acceptability curves. poor load power factor, loads
containing harmonics, notching in load voltage, dc offset in loads, unbalanced loads and disturbances in
supply voltage. [12]
Harmonics
Harmonic distortion standards, power system quantities under non sinusoidal conditions-harmonic indices-
source of harmonics-system response characteristics-effects of harmonic distortion on power system
apparatus –principles for controlling harmonics, reducing harmonic currents in loads, filtering, modifying the
system frequency response- Devices for controlling harmonic distortion, inline reactors or chokes, zigzag
transformers, passive filters, active filters. [9]
Power Quality Conditioners
Shunt and series compensators, D–Statcom, dynamic voltage restorer, unified power quality conditioners.
Protection of power systems against transient over-voltage due to switching and lightning, Lightning arrestors,
Surge diverters, Surge capacitors and reactors, Overhead ground wires. [8]
Text book(s):
1. Allan Greenwood, Electrical transients in Power Systems, Wiley Interscience, New York, 2010.
Ghosh Arindam and Ledwich Gerard, ‘Power quality enhancement using custom power devices’ Springer,
2.
2002.
References:
Klaus Ragaller, Surges in High Voltage Networks, Plenum Press, New York, 1980, Digitized:8 October,
1.
2008.
Diesendrof W., Over Voltages on High Voltage Systems, Renselaer Bookstore, Troy New York, reprint,
2.
2015.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
3. Arrillaga J., Watson N. R. and Chen S., ‘Power System Quality Assessment’ Wiley, 2000.
4. Caramia P, Carpinelli G and Verde P, ‘Power quality indices in liberalized markets’ – Wiley, 2009.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 1 3 2

50 EE E42 - Power Quality CO3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E43 – Flexible AC Transmission Systems
B.E (EEE)
Elective - IV
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To illustrate the flexible AC transmission and the associated problems.
Course • To enhance the appropriate knowledge of reactive power control techniques
Objective(s) • To narrate the static devices for series and shunt control.
• To recognize the operation of controllers for enhancing the transmission capability.
• To bring out the importance of FACTS controllers
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Annotating the fundamental concept of FACTS.
Course 2. Appraise and model the SVC for voltage control, power flow and Application.
Outcomes 3. Model the TCSC to enhance the power flow and stability studies.
4. Perceive the VI characteristics and application of STATCOM, UPFC and IPFC in transmission
line.
5. Interpret the coordination of various controllers in transmission line.
Prerequisite Circuit Theory, Generation, Transmission and Distribution, Power System Analysis and Stability,
Power Electronics.
Introduction
Fundamentals of ac power transmission, transmission problems and needs - reactive power control in electrical
power transmission lines -uncompensated transmission line – series and shunt compensation- Overview of
FACTS devices. [9]
Static Var Compensator (SVC)
Voltage control by SVC – advantages of slope in dynamic characteristics – influence of SVC on system voltage.
Applications - enhancement of transient stability – steady state power transfer – enhancement of power system
damping – prevention of voltage instability. [9]
Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC)
Operation of the TCSC - different modes of operation – modeling of TCSC – variable reactance model –
modeling for stability studies. Applications - improvement of the system stability limit – enhancement of system
damping – voltage collapse prevention. [9]
Emerging FACTS Controllers
Static Synchronous Compensator (STATCOM) – operating principle – V-I characteristics Unified Power Flow
Controller (UPFC) – Principle of operation - modes of operation – applications – modeling of UPFC for power
flow studies-modeling of UPFC using MATLAB Simulink, Interline Power Flow Controller (IPFC)- Principle of
operation – applications, Future direction of FACTS Technology. [9]
Co-ordination of FACTS Controllers
FACTs Controller interactions –co-ordination of multiple controllers using linear control techniques – Quantitative
treatment of control coordination. Optimal location of FACTS devices in transmission line. Control coordination
using Particle swarm optimization (PSO) algorithms- Introduction to SCADA and wide area measurement system
(WAMS) and security monitoring, Case study of Power grid owns India's first IEC 61850 substation automation
system. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. M. Arun Bhaskar “Introduction to Flexible Ac Transmission System Facts” ALPHA Science International
Limited, 2020.
2. Bjarne R. Andersen, Stig L. Nilsson “Flexible AC Transmission Systems” Springer International Publishing,
2020.
Reference(s):
1. K.R.Padiyar,” FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission and Distribution”, Second edition, New Age
International (P) Limited, Publishers, New Delhi, 2016.
A Xiao-Ping Zhang, Christian Rehtanz, Bikash Pal “Flexible AC Transmission Systems: Modelling and
2.
Control” Springer, 2014.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
3. Olalekan Olagunju, “Modelling Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) Devices on Weak
Transmission Lines in the Nigerian Power Network” GRIN Verlag, 2020.
4. Kantilal Joshi “Flexible A. C. Transmission System (FACTS) Devices with Energy Storage Systems”
Independently Published, 2019.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 3 2 3 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 3

50 EE E43 - Flexible AC
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 2 3 3
Transmission Systems

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE E44 – Switched Mode Power Conversion
B.E (EEE)
Elective - IV
Semester Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Hours
L T P C CA ES Total

VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100

• To identify the low loss elements in switching conversion

• To acquire the knowledge on isolated and non-isolated converters
Objective(s) • To recognize the soft switching converter
• To identify the various harmonics in DC to DC converter.
• To simulate and fabricate the power converters
At the end of the course, students will be able to

1. Design the reactive elements in power conversion

Course 2. Describe the operation of basic converter and isolation between input and output of the
Outcomes converters
3. Comprehend the operation of zero switching with basic converters and resonant converters
4. Exemplify the operation and application of DC to DC converter and power factor of the
rectifiers
5. Design basic circuit of the power converters
Prerequisite Circuit Theory, Power Electronics.

Introduction [9]

Reactive Elements in Power Electronic Systems – Electromagnetics - Design of inductor - Design of transformer -
Capacitors for power electronic applications-Types of capacitors.

Switched Mode Power Converters [9]

Switched Mode power converters: Continuous and Discontinuous Mode of Operation in Buck Converter, Boost
Converter and Buck-Boost Converter. - Isolated DC to DC Converters: Forward Converter - Push-Pull converter -
Fly-Back Converter.

Soft Switching Converters [9]

Resonant Converters - ZCS Resonant Converters - L type and M type - ZVS Resonant Converters – Comparison
between ZCS and ZVS converters. Resonant Switch Converters - Buck Converter with Zero Current Switching -
Operation of the circuit-Conversion Ratio of the Converter - Boost Converter with Zero Voltage Switching.

Current Programmed Control of DC to DC Converters and Unity Power Factor Rectifier [9]

Sub-harmonic Instability in Current Programmed Control - Determination of Duty Ratio for Current Programmed
Control - Power Circuit of UPF Rectifiers - Average Current Mode Control - Resistor Emulator UPF Rectifiers.

Introduction to Simulation and Construction Projects [9]

Introduction to SEQUEL – Circuit Simulation Software, SEQUEL Simulated Buck Converter Circuit. Introduction
to Construction Projects – Scaled Down Power Converters – Design Validation - Design of switched mode power
supply using MATLAB simulink-Construction Project Kits.

Total Hours: 45

Text book(s):

Switched Mode Power Conversion – N.Lakshminarasamma, ISTE-Working Professionals Learning Project,

1 Bangalore. 2018.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
2 “Switched Mode Power Conversion”, Course Notes, CCE, IISc, 2004.

Reference(s):

1 Course Material on Switched Mode Power Conversion, Ramanarayanan.V, Indian Institute of Science,
Bangalore. 2007.

2 Philip T Krein, “Elements of Power Electronics”, Oxford Press, 2001.

3 P.S.Bimbhra,”Power Electronics”, Third Edition, Khanna publishers, 2009.

4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108036/

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

50 EE E44 - Switched Mode Power

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Conversion

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K. S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous 2018
50 EE E45 - Electrical Energy Utilization, Conservation and Auditing
B.E (EEE)
Elective - IV
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To acquire knowledge about utilization of electrical energy for various illuminations.
• To calculate the energy efficiency in thermal utilities
Course • To Estimate the energy efficiency in Electrical utilities
Objective(s) • To import the knowledge of energy audit and management
• To distinguish the various energy audit instruments
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Evaluate the illumination system and design the lighting schemes.
2. Determine the energy conservation in thermal utilities.
Course
3. Identify and analyze the energy conservation/saving opportunities in different electric
Outcomes
utilities.
4. Interpret the procedure for energy audit and various tariff.
5. Identify the instruments used in energy audit system.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering, Generation, Transmission and Distribution
Illumination
Nature of radiation –Definitions – Cosine law of illumination – Polar curves – Lighting calculations- Design of
simple illumination systems- Outdoor lighting schemes: Street Lighting, Flood lighting- Indoor lighting schemes:
Factory hall lighting - Types of lamps: Arc, Incandescent and Discharge - Energy efficient lamps. [9]
Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities
Fuels and combustion -Boilers-Steam systems- Furnaces - HVAC, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning,
Co-generation, Tri-generation & Waste Energy Recovery. [9]
Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities
Electrical system - Electrical motors - Fans and Blowers and Variable speed drives - Pumps - Compressors -
Lighting system Case study: Motor efficiency testing, Monitoring of power and energy usage of electrical machines
by power quality analyser - Access the condition of electrical motor by thermal imager. [9]
General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit
Definition and Objective of Energy Management - Tips for Energy Conservation - Energy Audit: Need, Types,
Methodology and Approach - Procedures and Techniques - Energy Policy Planning and Implementation -
Instruments for Energy Audit - Energy auditing in lighting - Energy monitoring and targeting. [9]
Energy Audit Instruments
Basic measurements – Electrical measurements, Light, Pressure, Temperature and heat flux, Velocity and Flow
rate, Vibrations-Instruments Used in Energy systems: Load and power factor measuring equipment’s, Wattmeter,
flue gas analysis, Temperature and thermal loss measurements, air quality analysis. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. C.L. Wadhwa “Generation, Distribution and Utilization of electric energy”, New age International Publications
2015.
2. BEE, “General aspect of energy management and energy audit, Energy efficiency in electrical utilities energy
performance assessment for equipment & utility systems” - Bureau of Energy Efficiency, New Delhi, India,
fourth edition, 2015.
Reference(s):
1. Sivaganaraju, S, “Electric Energy Generation, Utilisation and Conservation” Pearson, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Albert Thumann, Terry Niehus and William J. Younger, "Handbook of Energy Audits", Fairmont Press. 2013.
3. Y.P.Abbi, "Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management", Teri Press. 2014.
4. http://www.cercind.gov.in/Act-with-amendment.pdf

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
50 EE E45 - Electrical Energy
Utilization, Conservation and CO3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3
Auditing
CO4 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 1

CO5 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E51 - Special Electrical Machines
B.E (EEE)
Elective – V
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VIII 2 0 2 60 3 50 50 100
• To describe the stepping motor operating principle and analyze the stepping motor with
different excitations.
• To impart knowledge on working principle of synchronous reluctance motors and determines
their applications from their characteristics.
Course • To elucidate the working principle of switched reluctance motors and its power controllers.
Objective(s)
• To describe the construction and principle of operation of permanent magnet brushless DC
motors with its applications.
• To illustrate the operation of permanent magnet synchronous motor and identify their
applications by characteristic curves.
At the end of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the operation of different types of stepper motor and identify the applications of
stepper motor in various industries.
CO2: Illustrate the operation and performance characteristics of synchronous reluctance motor and
determine the torque produced by the synchronous reluctance motor.
Course CO3: Summarize the constructional features of switched reluctance motor and recognize the use of
Outcomes power controllers and its requirements.
CO4: Differentiate conventional and permanent magnet brushless DC motors and suggest the
suitable power circuit for the proper operation of PMDC motors.
CO5: Acquire the knowledge on operation and performance characteristics of permanent magnet
synchronous motor and apply the microprocessor for the control of permanent magnet
synchronous motor.
Prerequisites Electrical Machines – I, Electrical Machines – II
Stepping Motors
Constructional features – Principle of operation – classification of stepping motors - Variable reluctance motor –
PM stepping motor - Hybrid motor – Single and multi-stack configurations – modes of excitation - Theory of torque
predictions – Characteristics – Drive circuits –suppressor circuits- Microprocessor based control – Applications. [6]

Synchronous Reluctance Motors

Constructional features – Types – Axial and Radial flux motors – Operating principle – voltage and torque
equations- phasor diagram - circle diagram – Characteristics – Control – Constant Direct axis current control, Fast
torque response control - Vernier motor- Applications. [6]
Switched Reluctance Motors
Constructional features- Types – Principle of operation- torque production – steady state performance prediction-
Power controllers –Basic requirements – Types-Control circuit – Hysteresis type and Voltage PWM type-
Characteristics - Methods of rotor position sensing – Microprocessor based control of SRM drive - Applications. [6]
Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motors
Comparison of conventional and brushless DC motors – PMDC motors- Constructional features – Principle of
operation – types – magnetic circuit analysis - EMF and Torque equation- Rotor position sensors – Power
controller - Classification of drive circuits- torque-speed characteristics- Sensor less Control –-Applications-
Introduction to axial flux MEMS BLDC micro-motor. [6]
Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motors
Constructional features- types- Principle of operation – EMF and torque equations – vector control – Power
controllers – Torque-speed characteristics - Microprocessor based control – Applications. Introduction to Printed
Circuit Motors.
Practicals: [6]
1. Simulation of 2 phase Stepper Motor Drive fed by H bridge PWM converter.
2. Simulation of PWM VSI fed Brushless DC Motor drive
3. Simulation of current-controlled 60-kW 6/4 SRM drive
4. Simulation of three phase PMSM drive for electrical vehicles [30]

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Total Hours: 60
Text book(s):
1. T Kenjo, “Stepping Motors and Their Microprocessor Controls”, second edition, Oxford science Publications,
1995.
2. E G Janardanan., “Special Electrical Machines”, PHI Learning Private Ltd., Delhi, 2014.
References:
1. R Krishnan, “Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives”, CRC Press, London, 2010.
2. Simmi P Burman, “Special Electrical Machines”, S.K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi, 2012.
3. TJ E Miller, “Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives”, Clarendon Press, Oxford University
Press, 1993.
4. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/advanced-electric-drives.html

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3

50 EE E51 - Special Electrical

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
Machines

CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Practice, mini project,
Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE E52 - Smart Grid
B.E (EEE)
Elective – V
Hours / Week Credit Maximum Marks
Semester Total hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
VIII 2 0 2 60 3 50 50 100
• To interpret the evolution of smart and interconnected energy systems, various challenges and
benefits of smart grid
Course • To impart the concepts related with transmission in smart grid technologies
Objective(s) • To enrich the knowledge on distribution in smart grid technologies
• To get an insight of the various smart measurement technologies
• To identify the various computing technologies for smart operation of the grid
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Familiarize the fundamental elements and challenges in electric grid, international policies with
initiatives of smart grid.
2. Design a system for monitoring and control of smart transmission system.
Course
3. Elucidate the challenges faced by distribution networks and provide smart network with suitable
Outcomes
distribution components.
4. Enhance the knowledge in smart meters and their application for monitoring and protection.
5. Elaborate the communication systems, networking and sensing technologies involved in smart
grid and know the cyber security and applications of IoT in smart grid.
Prerequisite Generation, Transmission and Distribution, Power System Analysis and Stability
Introduction
Evolution of Electric Grid - Concept, Definitions and Need for Smart Grid - Smart grid drivers, functions,
opportunities, challenges and benefits - Difference between conventional & Smart Grid – Grid Resiliency and Self-
Healing concept - National and International initiatives in Smart Grid – Seven essential domains from NIST
Standards: bulk generation, transmission, distribution, markets, operations, service provider and customer. [6]
Smart Grid Technologies on Transmission Side
Technology Drivers, Smart energy resources, Smart substations, Substation Automation, Feeder Automation,
Transmission systems: EMS, FACTS and HVDC, Wide area monitoring, WAMPAC Protection and control. [6]
Smart Grid Technologies on Distribution Side
DMS, Volt/VAr control, Fault Detection, Isolation and service restoration, Outage management, High-Efficiency
Distribution Transformers, Phase Shifting Transformers, Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEV). [6]
Smart Meters and Advanced Metering Infrastructure
Introduction to Smart Meters - Advanced Metering infrastructure (AMI) drivers and benefits- AMI protocols,
standards and initiatives, AMI needs in the smart grid - Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU), Intelligent Electronic
Devices (IED) & their application for monitoring & protection. [6]
High Performance Computing for Smart Grid Applications
Local Area Network (LAN) - House Area Network (HAN) - Wide Area Network (WAN) - Broadband over Power line
(BPL) - IP based Protocols-Basics of web service and CLOUD Computing - Cyber Security for Smart Grid.
Introduction to Internet of things (IOT)- Applications of IoT in Smart Grid. [6]
Practice: [30]
1. Short Circuit Analysis using C++ coding
2. Stability Analysis using C++ coding
3. State estimation using C++ coding
4. Substation Monitoring and Control using goose protocol
Total Hours: 60
Text book(s):
1. Bharat Modi, Anu Prakash and Yogesh Kumar, “Smart Grid Technology”, S.K.Kataria & Sons Publisher of
Engineering and Computer Books, New Delhi, Edition: 2015, Reprint: 2016.
2. JanakaEkanayake, Nick Jenkins, KithsiriLiyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, “Smart Grid:
Technology and Applications”, Wiley and Sons Canada, 2012.
Reference(s):
1. Stuart Borlase, “Smart Grid: Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions”, CRC press 2012.
2. James Momoh, “Smart Grid Fundamentals of Design and Analysis”, IEEE press 2012.
3. Vehbi C. Güngör, Dilan Sahin, TaskinKocak, SalihErgüt, ConcettinaBuccella, Carlo Cecati, and Gerhard P.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Hancke, “Smart Grid Technologies: Communication Technologies and Standards”, IEEE Transactions on
Industrial Informatics, Vol. 7, No. 4, November 2011.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/107/108107113/

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3

50 EE E52 - Smart Grid CO3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 1

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 1

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Practice, mini project,

Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE E53 - Wind and Solar Energy Systems
B.E (EEE)
Elective – V
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VIII 2 0 2 60 3 50 50 100
• To clarify the fundamentals of wind energy and its conversion system
• To gain knowledge on gear coupled generator wind turbine components
Course • To comprehend the PV technology principles and techniques of various solar cells /
Objective(s) materials for energy conversion
• To study the radiation principles with respective solar energy estimation
• To recognize the solar system design for variety applications.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Summarize the fundamentals of wind energy conversion system.
Course 2. Discuss the aerodynamics of wind energy conversion system and its control.
Outcomes 3. Categorize the basic fundamentals of solar PV system.
4. Describe the different types of solar radiation collectors.
5. Identify the application of SPV systems.
Basic knowledge on renewable energy sources, electrical machines, generation, transmission
Prerequisite
and distribution
Wind Energy Fundamentals & Wind Measurements
Wind Energy Basics, Wind Speeds and scales, Terrain, Roughness, Wind Mechanics, Power Content, Class of
wind turbines, Atmospheric Boundary Layers, Turbulence. Instrumentation for wind measurements, Wind data
analysis, tabulation, Wind resource estimation, Betz’s Limit, Turbulence Analysis. [6]
Aerodynamics Theory & Wind Turbine Types
Airfoil terminology, Blade element theory, Blade design, Rotor performance and dynamics, Balancing technique
(Rotor & Blade), Types of loads; Sources of loads Vertical Axis Type, Horizontal Axis, Constant Speed
Constant Frequency, Variable speed Variable Frequency, Up Wind, Down Wind, Stall Control, Pitch Control,
Gear Coupled Generator type, Direct Generator Drive /PMG/Rotor Excited Sync Generator. Working of Wind
Power Plants(WPPs) – Grid integration issues of WPPs. [6]
Solar PV Fundamentals
Semiconductor -properties -energy levels -basic equations of semiconductor devices physics. Solar cells -p-n
junction: homo and hetro junctions -metal-semiconductor interface -dark and illumination characteristics -figure
of merits of solar cell -efficiency limits -variation of efficiency with band-gap and temperature -efficiency
measurements -high efficiency cells –Solar thermo-photovoltaics. [6]
Solar Radiation and Collectors
Solar angles - Sun path diagrams - Radiation -extra-terrestrial characteristics -measurement and estimation on
horizontal and tilted surfaces -flat plate collector thermal analysis -testing methods-evacuated tubular collectors
-concentrator collectors - classification -design and performance parameters -tracking systems -compound
parabolic concentrators -parabolic trough concentrators -concentrators with point focus -Heliostats -
performance of the collectors. [6]
SPV System Design and Applications
Solar cell array system analysis and performance prediction-Shadow analysis: reliability -solar cell array design
concepts -PV system design -design process and optimization -detailed array design -storage autonomy -
voltage regulation -maximum tracking -centralized and decentralized SPV systems -standalone -hybrid and grid
connected system -System installation -operation and maintenances -field experience -PV market analysis and
economics of SPV systems. [6]
Practice: [30]

1. Design a 100kW grid connected PV array using MATLAB.

2. Design an energy management system switching between grid power and distributed power source using
MATLAB.
3. Design a Single-Phase, 240 Vrms, 3500 W Transformerless Grid-Connected PV Array using MATLAB.
4. Design a MATLAB model for partial shading of 250W PV module.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Total Hours: 60
Text book(s):
1. Joshua Earnest, Tore Wizeliu, ‘Wind Power Plants and Project Development’, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New
Delhi, 2015.
2. Chetan Singh Solanki, “Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”, PHI Learning
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2015.
Reference(s):
1. Mario Garcia –Sanz, Constantine H. Houpis, “Wind Energy Systems”, First Edition, CRC Press 2012.
2. Mukund.R.Patel," Wind and Solar Power Systems", Second Edition, Taylor and Francis, 2006.
3. S. Sumathi, L. Ashok Kumar, P. Surekha, “Solar PV and Wind Energy Conversion Systems”, Green
Energy and Technology, Springer, 2015.
4. Roger A. Messenger, Jerry Ventre," Photovoltaic System Engineering", Fourth Edition, CRC Press, 2017.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 2 2
50 EE E53 - Wind and Solar
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2
Energy Systems
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 2 3
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Practice, Attendance and End
Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
51 EE E54 - Industrial Electrical Systems
B.E (EEE)
Elective – V
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester hrs
L T P C CA ES Total
VIII 2 0 2 60 3 50 50 100
• To introduce various electrical system components with safety measures
• To teach the various wiring systems and selection of components for residential, commercial
Course and industrial systems
Objective(s) • To impart knowledge on building automation, control and energy management system
• To familiarize the different components of industrial electrical systems
• To introduce the Revit MEP software for electrical system design
At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
1. Classify the basic electrical system components and safety practices.
2. Differentiate the electrical wiring systems for residential, commercial and industrial
Course
consumers, representing the systems with standard symbols and drawings, SLD.
Outcomes
3. Discuss the various automation technologies and energy management systems.
4. Compare and select the proper size of various industrial electrical system components.
5. Design electrical systems with its working environment using REVIT MEP.
Prerequisites Power System, Protection and Switch Gears
Electrical System Components
LT system wiring components, selection of cables, wires, switches, distribution box, metering system, Tariff
structure, protection components- Fuse, MCB, MCCB, ELCB, inverse current characteristics, symbols, single line
diagram (SLD) of a wiring system, Contactor, Isolator, Relays, MPCB, Electric shock and Electrical safety
practices. [6]
Residential and Commercial Electrical Systems
Types of residential and commercial wiring systems, general rules and guidelines for installation, load calculation
and sizing of wire, rating of main switch, distribution board and protection devices, earthing system calculations,
requirements of commercial installation, deciding lighting scheme and number of lamps, earthing of commercial
installation, selection and sizing of components. [6]
Building automation, control and Energy management
Introduction - Building automation, control and management -monitoring, safety and security system - Building
acoustic and noise control - selection of lighting and HVAC system - building energy conservation and efficiency
- Building Energy management - Economic Methods [6]
Components of Industrial Electrical Systems
HT connection, industrial substation, Transformer selection, Industrial loads, motors, starting of motors, SLD,
Cable and Switchgear selection, Lightning Protection, Earthing design, Power factor correction – kVAR
calculations, type of compensation, Introduction to PCC, MCC panels, Specifications of LT Breakers, MCB and
other LT panel components, DG Systems, UPS System, Electrical Systems for the elevators, Battery banks,
Sizing the DG, UPS and Battery Banks, Selection of UPS and Battery Banks. [6]
Introduction to REVIT MEP for Electrical Design
REVIT Software, Revit MEP, REVIT Terms, Projects, Element, Category, Family, Types, Instance, Object Style,
Visibility/Graphics Override, Level, View Range, REVIT Working Environment, Electrical Systems design for a
two story office building. [6]
Practice: [30]
1. Fundamentals of electrical modelling for electrical appliance using Revit MEP
2. Domestic electrical wiring using Revit MEP
3. Lighting and Appliance Panel Boards design in Revit MEP
4. Selection and sizing of components for commercial electrical systems using Revit MEP.
Total Hours: 60
Text book(s):
1. Radian Bleu “Building Electrical Systems and Distribution Networks an Introduction”, CRC Press, 2020.
2. H. Joshi, “Residential Commercial and Industrial Systems”, McGraw Hill Education, 2008.
Reference(s):
1. Lu-Yen Chang “Revit MEP Step by Step” Metric Edition, 2020.
2. S. L. Uppal and G. C. Garg, “Electrical Wiring, Estimating & Costing”, Khanna publishers, 2008.
3. K. B. Raina, “Electrical Design, Estimating & Costing”, New age International, 2007.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
4. S. Singh and R. D. Singh, “Electrical estimating and costing”, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 2010.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 1

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2
51 EE E54 - Industrial Electrical
CO3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 1 2 1
Systems
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 3 2 3
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Practice, mini project,
Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
51 EE E55 - Power Plant Instrumentation
B.E(EEE)
Elective - V
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VIII 2 0 2 60 3 50 50 100
• To describe the different methods of power generation with instrumentation.
• To discuss about the various measurements involved in power generation plants
Course • To illustrate the different types of equipments used for analysis and controlling of impurities in feed
Objective(s) water, gas and steam
• To summarize the methods of cooling and monitoring different parameters like speed,
vibration of turbines and their control
• To impart the knowledge on practical aspects in power plants
At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the concept of power generation and role of Instrumentation in power plants.
2. Apply appropriate measurements techniques to determine electrical and non electrical parameter of
Course the power plants.
Outcomes 3. Analyze and control the various parameters and pollutants of boiler during the process of power
generation.
4. Employ the operation of monitoring and cooling system of a turbine.
5. Solve the environmental impact of electricity generation with new technologies.
Prerequisites Measurements and Instrumentation, Renewable energy sources, Generation Transmission and Distribution.

An Overview of Power Generation

Brief survey of methods of power generation – Hydro, Thermal, Nuclear, Solar and Wind - Importance of instrumentation
for power generation – Thermal power plants – Building blocks – Details of the Boiler Processes – Piping and
Instrumentation diagram of Boiler – Cogeneration. [6]
Parameters and Measurements
Electrical measurements – Current, Voltage, Power, Frequency, Power factor, Trivector meter. Non electrical
parameters, Flow of feed water, Fuel, Air and Steam with correction factors for temperature – Pressure – Temperature -
Vibration– Level radiation detectors - Smoke density measurements – Dust monitor. [6]
Analyzers and Combustion Control
Thermal conductive type – paramagnetic type, Oxygen analyzer– Spectrum analyzer – hydrogen purity meter.
Chromatography – pH meter – Conductivity cell – Fuel analyzer, Brief survey of pollution monitoring and control
equipment. Combustion control – Control of Main header Pressure, Air fuel ratio control – Furnace draft and Excessive
air control, Drum level (three element control) Main and Reheat steam temperature control, Burner tilting up, Bypass
damper, Super heater. Hot well and Deaerator level control. [6]
Turbine Monitoring and Control
Condenser vacuum control – Gland steam exhaust pressure control – Speed, vibration, Shell temperature monitoring
and control – Lubricating oil temperature control – Hydrogen – Generator cooling system. [6]
Modern Trends and Innovative Approaches
Modern Trends in Technology and relevant issues in cogeneration plants of Sugar Industry - Treatment and reuse of
industrial effluents: Analysis of thermal power plant - Reliability improvement of an innovative approach for nuclear
power station - Solar Photovoltaic (PV) module performance testing and energy rating. [6]
Hands on Practice: [30]
1. Vibration measurement & Control Using NI-DAQmx.
2. Development of signal generator using DAQ cards.
3. Temperature measurement and control using Lab VIEW.
4. Pressure measurement and control of PID controller using Lab VIEW.
Total Hours: 60
Text book(s):
1 Sam G. Dukelow, The control of Boilers,2nd edition, 2018.
2. Modern Power Station Practice, Vol.6, Instrumentation, Controls and Testing, Pergamum Press, Oxford,2007. A 153.
.
Reference(s):
1 K.Krishnaswamy and M. Ponnibala.,“Power Plant Instrumentation”, PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2nd edition, 2013.
2 R.K.Jain, “Mechanical and industrial Measurements”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1995, ebook-2020.
3. Everett Woodruff, Herbert Lammers, Thomas Lammers, “Steam Plant Operation”, 9th Edition McGraw Hill, 2012.
.
Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024
Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
4 P.K.Nag, “Power plant Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 4th edition, 2017.
.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

51 EE E55 - Power Plant

CO3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 3
Instrumentation

CO4 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Practice, mini project,
Attendance and End Semester Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K. S. Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous 2018
50 EE L01 - Energy Auditing and Conservation
Open Elective
Common to all branches
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
V/VI/VII/VIII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To gain the knowledge of basic elements of energy conservation
• To calculate the energy efficiency in thermal utilities
Course • To Estimate the energy efficiency in Electrical utilities
Objective(s) • To import the knowledge of energy audit and management
• To distinguish the various energy audit instruments
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Illustrate the scope of energy conservation and energy conservation standards.
2. Determine the energy conservation in thermal utilities.
Course
3. Identify and analyze the energy conservation/saving opportunities in different electric
Outcomes
utilities.
4. Interpret the procedure for energy audit and various tariff.
5. Identify the instruments used in energy audit system.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering
Elements of Energy Conservation
General energy problem, Sector wise Energy consumption-demand supply gap, Scope for energy conservation
and its benefits-Energy conservation Principle – Maximum energy efficiency, Maximum cost effectiveness-
Mandatory provisions of EC act-Features of EC act-Standards and labelling, designated consumers –introduction
of Energy Conservation Building Codes (ECBC). [9]
Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities
Fuels and combustion -Boilers-Steam systems- Furnaces - HVAC, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Co-
generation, Tri-generation & Waste Energy Recovery. [9]
Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities
Electrical system - Electrical motors - Fans and Blowers and Variable speed drives - Pumps - Compressors -
Lighting system Case study: Motor efficiency testing, Monitoring of power and energy usage of electrical machines
by power quality analyser - Access the condition of electrical motor by thermal imager. [9]
General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit
Definition and Objective of Energy Management - Tips for Energy Conservation - Energy Audit: Need, Types,
Methodology and Approach - Procedures and Techniques - Energy Policy Planning and Implementation -
Instruments for Energy Audit - Energy auditing in lighting - Energy monitoring and targeting. [9]
Energy Audit Instruments
Basic measurements – Electrical measurements, Light, Pressure, Temperature and heat flux, Velocity and Flow
rate, Vibrations-Instruments Used in Energy systems: Load and power factor measuring equipment’s, Wattmeter,
flue gas analysis, Temperature and thermal loss measurements, air quality analysis. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Energy Conservation Handbook Prepared & Supported by: Uttarakh and Renewable Energy Development
Agency (UREDA) March, 2013.
2. BEE, “General aspect of energy management and energy audit, Energy efficiency in electrical utilities energy
performance assessment for equipment & utility systems” - Bureau of Energy Efficiency, New Delhi, India,
fourth edition, 2015.
Reference(s):
1. Sivaganaraju, S, “Electric Energy Generation, Utilisation and Conservation” Pearson, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Albert Thumann, Terry Niehus and William J. Younger, "Handbook of Energy Audits", Fairmont Press. 2013.
3. Y.P.Abbi, "Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management", Teri Press. 2014.
4. http://www.cercind.gov.in/Act-with-amendment.pdf

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

50 EE L01 - Energy Auditing and

CO3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
Conservation

CO4 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 1

CO5 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE L04 - Electric Drives and Control
Open Elective
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
V/VI/VII/VIII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To select appropriate electrical drive system based on their thermal factors.
• To discuss the basic concepts of different types of electrical machines and their performance.
Course
• To Summarize the conventional and solid-state DC drives
Objective(s)
• To Illustrate the conventional and solid-state AC Drives
• To recognize the fundamentals of electric traction.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Describe the basic requirements for developing an electrical drive system for particular
application based on different load conditions.
Course 2. Categorize the starting methods and various speed control methods of DC motors and
Outcomes Induction motors.
3. enlighten the converter and chopper based speed control methods of DC motors
4. Interpret the inverter based speed control methods of AC motors.
5. analyze the electric traction performance and storage device.
Prerequisite Basic Electrical Engineering, Electrical Machines, Power electronics
Introduction of Electrical Drives
Basic Elements of an electrical drive system – Types of Electrical Drives – Factors influencing the choice of
electrical drives – heating and cooling curves – classes of motor duty – selection of power rating for drive motors
with regard to thermal overloading and load variation factors. [9]
Drive motor characteristics
Mechanical characteristics: Speed –Torque characteristics of various types of load and drive motors. Braking of
Electrical motors – DC motors: Shunt series and compound – three phase induction motors- Torque and slip
Equations –Torque -slip Characteristics. [9]
Solid State Speed control of DC drives
Speed Control of DC series and shunt motors: Armature Voltage Control, Field Flux Control and Ward Leonard
Control- single phase and three phase fully controlled rectifiers –working principle-single phase and three phase
fully controlled rectifiers fed DC motor speed control and DC chopper fed DC motor speed control–applications.
[9]
Solid State Speed Control of AC drives
Conventional Speed Control of three phase Induction Motors: Stator Voltage Control, Stator Frequency Control,
Rotor Resistance Control -Voltage/Frequency Control of induction motor, Voltage Source Inverter and Current
Source Inverter – working principle-VSI fed Three Phase Induction Motors – CSI Fed Three Phase Induction
Motors- Static Rotor resistance Control – Static Scherbius and static Kramer Drives - applications. [9]
Introduction to Electric Traction
Electric Drive trains: Basic concept of electric traction-introduction to various traction system topologies-
requirements of an ideal traction system- Track electrification systems - electric traction system – power supply. -
Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Electric Vehicles-Battery based energy storage and its analysis.
[9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Gopal.K.Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electrical Drives” Narosa Publishing House, second Edition, 2020.
2. Theraja,B.L and Theraja, A.K., “A text book of Electrical Technology – Volume II (AC & DC Machines)”
S.Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
Reference(s):
1. Vedam Subrahmanyam, “Electric Drives Concepts and Applications” Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
2. M.D.Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, “Power Electronics”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi, 2010.
3. Krishnan R,” Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis, And Control”, Pearson India, first edition, 2015.
4. R. K. Rajput, “Utilisation of Electrical Power”, Laxmi Publications (P) LTD, 2018.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

50 EE L04 - Electric Drives and

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Control

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
51 EE L05 - Electric Vehicle
Open Elective
Common to all branches
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
V/VI/VII/VIII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To provide knowledge about the architecture and performance of electric drive vehicle.
• To explore the electric vehicle modelling using drive-train parameters.
Course • To interpret different electric propulsion systems for electric vehicles.
Objective(s) • To discuss different energy storage technologies used for electric vehicles and their
control.
• To elucidate the vehicle technology, design methodologies and control strategy of
hybrid electric vehicles.
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. Explain the basics of electric vehicles, their architecture, technologies and
fundamentals.
Course 2. Discuss the various parameters involved in the modelling of electric vehicle with their
Outcomes effect on vehicle performance.
3. Compare the various electric drives suitable for electric vehicles.
4. Explicate the use of different energy storage devices used for electric vehicles, their
technologies and control and select appropriate technology.
5. Explore the future vehicle technologies of the next-generation hybrid electric vehicles.
Prerequisites Electrical Machines I & II
Introduction [5]
History of Electric vehicles, Comparison with Conventional Power train: Technology, Benefits, Performance
and EV Challenges in implementation, EV classification and their electrification levels.

Electric Vehicle Architecture Design [8]

Types of Electric Vehicle and components, Photovoltaic solar based EV design, Battery Electric vehicle (BEV),
Hybrid electric vehicle (HEV), Plug-in hybrid vehicle (PHEV), Fuel cell electric vehicle (FCEV), Comparison of
fuel vs Electric and solar power, Tractive effort in normal driving, Energy consumption, power flow control in
hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

Electric Propulsion System [9].

Classification of electric motor drives for EV and HEV application-DC Motor drives: Principle of operation -
Chopper Control of DC Motors - Induction Motor Drives: Basic Operation Principles of Induction Motors -
Power Electronic Control - Field Orientation Control - Voltage Source Inverter for FOC - Permanent Magnetic
BLDC Motor Drives: Basic Principles of BLDC Motor Drives - BLDC Machine Construction and Classification -
SRM Drives: Basic Magnetic Structure - Modes of Operation - Sensorless Control

Energy Storage and Management System [14]

Introduction to Energy Storage for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, Battery, Fuel cell, Super/Ultra capacitor,
Flywheel based energy storage and its calculations. Hybridization of different energy storage device. Battery
charging and discharging calculation, Cell Selection and sizing, Battery Pack Configuration, Need of BMS,
Rule based control and optimization-based control, BMS Topology, BMS Controller and BMS Communication
system, Type of Charging station, Selection and Sizing of charging station, Components of charging station,
Single line diagram of charging station, fast Charging systems.

INDIAN and GLOBAL Scenario [9]

Technology Scenario, Market Scenario, Policies and Regulations, Payback and commercial model.
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD: IEC 61851-1- Electric vehicle conductive charging system – Part 1: General
requirements. E-mobility business, E mobility companies in India, Connected, Shared, Autonomous Mobility-,
simulation case study on E-mobility, Indian Roadmap on EV (FAME), EVs infrastructure in India and Global.
Total Hours: 45

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Text book(s):
1. G.John.G. Hayes, Abas Goodarzi, “Electric Power train: Energy Systems, Power Electronics and Drives
for Hybrid, Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles”, Wiley Publication, 2017.
2. Chris Mi, M. Abul Masrur, David Wenzhong Gao, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles Principles and Applications with
Practical Perspectives”, Wiley Publication, 2011.
Reference(s):
1. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. Gay and Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles:
Fundamentals, Theory, and Design”, CRC Press, 2005
2. James Larminie, John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained”, 2 nd Edition, Wiley
Publication, 2012.
3. Sheldon S. Williamson, Energy Management Strategies for Electric and Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles,
Springer, 2013.
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108103009/

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 1

51 EE L05 - Electric Vehicle CO3 3 1 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 1 3 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 EE L06 - Sensor Technology
Open Elective
Common to all branches
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
V/VI/VII/VIII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To educate about the working of various types of sensors.
• To impart the knowledge on the functional aspects of various sensor.
Course
• To transfer the concept of self generating temperature sensors.
Objective(s)
• To infer about the fundamental working of digital and semiconductor sensors.
• To transmit knowledge about latest sensors.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Differentiate about various sensors based on requirements.

Course 2. Analyze various physical parameters for various applications.

Outcomes 3. Suggest the application areas for self generating temperature sensors.
4. Propose about necessity for digital and semiconductor sensors.
5. Acquire knowledge on the latest sensors.
Introduction to Sensor
Introduction to sensor bases measurement systems: General concepts and terminology, sensor classification,
primary sensors, material for sensors, micro sensor technology, magneto-resistors, light dependent resistors,
resistive hygrometers, resistive gas sensors, liquid conductivity. [9]

Resistive, Reactance Variation, Electromagnetic Sensors

Reactance Variation and Electromagnetic Sensors: -Capacitive Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Electromagnetic
Sensors. Signal Conditioning for Reactance Variation Sensors-Problems and Alternatives, ac Bridges Carrier
Amplifiers, Coherent Detection, Specific Signal Conditioners for Capacitive Sensors, Resolver-to-Digital and
Digital-to-Resolver Converters. [9]

Self-Generating Temperature Sensors

Thermoelectric Sensors: Thermocouples, Piezoelectric Sensors, Pyroelectric Sensors, Electrochemical
Sensors, Acoustic Temperature Sensors, Nuclear Thermometer, Magnetic Thermometer, Semiconductor
Types, Thermal Radiation, Quartz Crystal, NQR, Spectroscopic Noise Thermometry, Heat Flux Sensors. [9]

Digital and Semiconductor Sensors

Position Encoders, Resonant Sensors, SAW Sensors, Sensors Based on Semiconductor Junctions, Sensors
Based on MOSFET Transistors, Charge-Coupled and CMOS Image Sensors, Fiber-Optic Sensors, Ultrasonic-
Based Sensors, Biosensors. [9]

Latest Sensors
Proximity Sensors: Typical Sensor Characteristics, Technologies for Proximity Sensing, Electro-Optical
Sensors, Capacitive Sensors, Magnetic Sensors, IoT sensors, Pollution sensors, RFID sensors,
Wearable sensors, Optical Image sensors, Biometric sensors, Printed sensors and MEMS. [9]
Total Hours: 45
Text book(s):
1. Patranabis D, Sensors and Transducers, 2nd Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2010.
Sawney A K and Puneet Sawney, “A Course in Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation and
2.
Control”, 12th edition, Dhanpat Rai and Co, New Delhi, 2013.
References:
1. Richard Zurawski, Industrial Communication Technology Handbook 2nd edition, CRC Press, 2015.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Jacob Fraden, "Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs and Applications", Springer, 3rd Edition,
2.
2004.
3. Ernest O Doebelin, Measurement Systems – Applications and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.
Ramon Pallas & John G. Webster, "Sensors and Signal Conditioning", John Wiley & Sons, 2 nd Edition,
4.
2001.

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

50 EE L06 - Sensor Technology CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology - Autonomous R2018
50 EE L07 - Industrial Automation with PLC and SCADA
Open Elective
Hours/Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hours C CA ES Total
V/VI/VII/VIII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To observe the evolving trend in industrial automation
• To enhance the knowledge of Programmable Logic Controllers
Objective(s) • To familiarize with the PLC programming and instructions
• To demystify the core structure, functions and design principles of SCADA system
• To perceive the concept of networking in PLC and SCADA
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Recognize the need for automation in various industrial applications
2. Comprehend the concepts and types of PLC with its building blocks
Course
3. Manipulate the programming languages and PLC instructions for industrial applications
Outcomes
4. Elucidate the architecture, protocols, hardware and software components of SCADA
5. Intrepret the functionality of various networks in automation environment using PLC
and SCADA
Prerequisites Basic Electrical Engineering

Introduction to Industrial Automation

Industrial Automation, History of industrial automation, Need and benefits of industrial automation, Automation
Hierarchy, Basic components of automation, Types of automation system: Fixed, Programmable, Flexible,
Different systems for Industrial Automation: PLC, HMI, SCADA, DCS and drives, Automation control circuit and
power circuit. [9]
PLC Fundamentals
Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers, Evolution of PLC, Building blocks of PLC: CPU, Memory
organization, Communication Network, Power supply, I/O Modules: Analog and Discrete, Special I/O Modules, Type
of PLC: Fixed and Modular, I/O Module selection criteria, PLC in industrial automation. [9]
PLC Programming
PLC programming instructions, Relay type, ON Delay, OFF Delay, Retentive, Data handling, Arithmetic, Timer and
Counter instructions, PLC programming languages: Instruction List, Functional Block Diagram, Structured Text,
Sequential Flow Chart, Ladder Diagram, Simple programming examples using Ladder programming, PLC based
applications. [9]
Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition
Introduction to SCADA, SCADA architecture, SCADA Generations, Benefits of SCADA, SCADA hardware and
Software, Remote Terminal Units: RTU configuration, Testing and Environmental consideration, Master Station:
Features and functions, Structure of Master function, Communication protocols in SCADA. [9]
Networking of PLC and SCADA
Interfacing of SCADA with PLC’s: Typical connection diagram, Object Linking and Embedding process control, OSI
Layers, Open Platform Communication functions, Process Filed Bus, Applications of SCADA in industries, Case
Study: Siemens SCADA System manages tunnel. [9]

Total Hours: 45
Text Book(s):
1. Petruzella, Frank D., “Programmable Logic Controllers”, Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2010.
Stuart A. Boyer: “SCADA- Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition”, Instrument Society of America
2.
Publications, USA, The Instrumentation system and Automation Society, 4th Edition, 2010.
Reference(s):
John W. Webb, Ronald A. Reis, “Programmable Logic Controllers: Principles and Application”, PHI
1.
Learning, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2011.
2. Bailey, David: Wright, Edvin, “Practical SCADA for Industry”, Newnes International Edition, 2003.
3. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/108105063/pdf/L-01(SM)(IA&C)%20((EE)NPTEL).pdf

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
4. www.opcfoundation.com

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
50 EE L07 - Industrial Automation
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3
with PLC and SCADA
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 AC 001 - Research Skill Development – I
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
VII 1 0 0 15 0 100 - 100
• To learn about the effective usage of power point presentation
• To prepare presentation with various effects
Objective(s) • To visualize the data in the presentation
• To acquire knowledge about data sources
• To investigate the research articles based on various applications
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Develop presentation with visual effects
Course CO2: Prepare a presentation with supporting data
Outcomes CO3: Attain the importance of research and data collection
CO4: Analyze the various sources of research articles
CO5: Interpret the tools and methods in preparing manuscript
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may
decide the number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be
asked based on the number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
Preparing a Presentation (4)
Presenting data using Power Point- Power Point preparation and presentation, Design principles for creating
effective Power Point slides with visuals displaying data. - Profile, - Problem, and a set of basic Excel charts,
use to create a presentation.

Creating effective slides using PowerPoint (3)

Create effective slides using PowerPoint. Tools within Power Point, structure story line, create story boards,
identify primary elements of slide design, display data and finalize slide presentation.

Research Designs and Data Sources (4)

Overview of the topics: process of data collection and analysis. Starting with a research question - Review of
existing data sources- Survey data collection techniques- Importance of data collection- Basic features affect
data analysis when dealing with sample data. Issues of data access and resources for access.

Measurements and Analysis Plan (4)

Importance of well-specified research question and analysis plan: various data collection strategies - Variety of
available modes for data collection – review of literature - Tools at hand for simple analysis and interpretation.

Total Hours: 15
Text Book(s):
1. Judy Jones Tisdale. Effective Business Presentations. Gulf Coast Books LLC. ISBN-13: 978-
0130977359, 2004.
2. Frauke Kreuter. Framework for Data Collection and Analysis,2018.
https://www.coursera.org/learn/data-collection-framework
Reference(s)
Kothari, C.R. andGaurav Garg, “Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques”, New Age
1.
International Publishers, 2013
Srivastava, T.N. and Rego, S., "Business Research Methodology", Tata McGrawHill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
2.
Delhi, 2019.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Course Code & Pos PSOs
COs
Couse Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 3

50 AC 001 – Audit
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3
Course I

CO4 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 AC 002 - Research Skill Development – II
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P hrs C CA ES Total
VIII 1 0 0 15 0 100 0 100
• To identify the ethics in preparing research paper
• To organize manuscript for submission
Objective(s) • To attain knowledge for filing Patent
• To apply for copy right
• To develop and deploy Mobile App. in play store
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Prepare a manuscript for journal publication.
Course CO2: Apply the manuscript for publication
Outcomes CO3: Interpret the process of obtaining copyright and patent
CO4: Analyze the various provisions to share the application
CO5: Create and publish the mobile application in the digital store
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may
decide the number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be
asked based on the number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
Preparation of Manuscript (3)
Data necessary before writing a paper: the context in which the scientist is publishing. Learning and
identification of research community - advantages of scientific journal publication and manuscript preparation -
ethical values in publishing.
Writing the paper (2)
Writing research paper - structure of the paper - usage of bibliographical tools - abstract preparation and to do
a peer review for the abstract of the others, as in real academic life. Plagiarism of the prepared manuscript.
Copyright (2)
Copyright law in India-Meaning of copyright-Classes of works for copyright protection -Ownership of Copyright-
Assignment of copyright-Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) of Computer Software-Copyright Infringements-
Procedure for registration

Patents (3)
Patent System In India -Types of Patent Applications-patentable invention - Not patentable-Appropriate office
for filing -Documents required Publication and Examination of Patent Applications -Grant of Patent-Infringement
of Patents -E-filing of Patent applications

Deploying Mobile App. in play store (5)

Introduction to Application Stores – Play Store, App Store, Microsoft Store, Creating App – Android, iOS, UWP,
Defining Manifest, Certifying App, Create Store Listing, Sharing Screenshots, Sharing App Credentials for
Testing.
Total Hours: 15
Text Book(s):
1. Mathis Plapp. How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper (Project-Centered Course).
https://www.coursera.org /learn/how-to-write-a-scientific-paper#instructors
2. Rajkumar S. Adukia ,Handbook On Intellectual Property Rights In India,2007
3 Dr. M. Kantha Babu ,”Text book on Intellectual Property Rights”,2019.
Reference(s)
Kothari, C.R. andGaurav Garg, “Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques”, New Age
1.
International Publishers, 2013
Srivastava, T.N. and Rego, S., "Business Research Methodology", Tata McGrawHill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
2.
Delhi, 2019.
3. https://support.google.com/googleplay/android-developer/answer/9859152
4. https://developer.apple.com/ios/submit/
5. https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/uwp/publish/app-submissions

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Course Code & Pos PSOs
COs
Couse Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 1 3

50 AC 002 – Audit
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 3 3
Course II

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 GE 001 – National Cadet Corps (Air Wing)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
IV 3 0 2 60 3 50 - 100
• Develop character , camaraderie,
• Inculcate discipline, secular outlook
• Enrich the spirit of adventure, sportsman spirit
Objective(s)
• Ideals of selfless service amongst cadets by working in teams
• Improve qualities such as self-discipline, self-confidence, self-reliance and dignity of labour in
the cadets.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Display sense of patriotism, secular values and shall be transformed into motivated youth who
will carry out nation building through national unity and social cohesion.
Course CO2: Demonstrate the sense of discipline with smartness and have basic knowledge of weapons
Outcomes and their use and handling
CO3: Illustrate various forces and moments acting on aircraft
CO4: Outline the concepts of aircraft engine and rocket propulsion
CO5: Design, build and fly chuck gliders/model airplanes and display static models
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may decide the
number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be asked based on the
number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.

NCC Organization & National Integration [12]

NCC Organization – History of NCC- NCC Organization- NCC Training- NCC Uniform – Promotion of NCC cadets –
Aim and advantages of NCC Training- NCC badges of Rank- Honors’ and Awards – Incentives for NCC cadets by
central and state govt. History and Organization of IAF-Indo-Pak War-1971-Operation Safed Sagar. National
Integration- Unity in diversity- contribution of youth in nation building- national integration council- Images and
Slogans on National Integration.

Drill & Weapon Training [12]

Drill- Words of commands- position and commands- sizing and forming- saluting- marching- turning on the march and
wheeling- saluting on the march- side pace, pace forward and to the rear- marking time- Drill with arms- ceremonial
drill- guard mounting.(WITH DEMONSTRATION). Main Parts of a Rifle- Characteristics of .22 rifle- loading and
unloading – position and holding- safety precautions – range procedure- MPI and Elevation- Group and Snap
shooting- Long/Short range firing (WITH PRACTICE SESSION)

Principles of Flight [12]

Laws of motion-Forces acting on aircraft–Bernoulli’s theorem-Stalling-Primary control surfaces – secondary control
surfaces-Aircraft recognition.

Aero Engines [12]

Introduction of Aero engine-Types of engine-piston engine-jet engines-Turboprop engines-Basic Flight Instruments-
Modern trends.

Aero Modeling [12]

History of aero modeling-Materials used in Aero-modeling-Types of Aero-models – Static Models-Gliders-Control line
models-Radio Control Models-Building and Flying of Aero-models.
Total Hours: 60
Text Book(s):
1. “National Cadet Corps- A Concise handbook of NCC Cadets” by Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi,2014.
2. “NCC OTA Precise” by DGNCC, New Delhi,2014
Reference(s)
1. “Cadets Handbook – Common Subjects SD/SW” by DG NCC, New Delhi,2019
2. “Cadets Handbook – Specialised Subjects SD/SW” by DG NCC, New Delhi,2017

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Course Code & POs
COs
Couse Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2
50 GE 001 –
National Cadet CO3 3 2 1 1
Crops
CO4 3 2 1 1

CO5 3 2 1 1

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology – Autonomous R2018
50 GE 002 – National Cadet Corps (Army Wing)
Hours / Week Total Credit Maximum Marks
Semester
L T P Hrs C CA ES Total
IV 3 0 2 60 3 50 - 100
• Develop character, camaraderie,
• Inculcate discipline, secular outlook
• Enrich the spirit of adventure, sportsman spirit
Objective(s)
• Ideals of selfless service amongst cadets by working in teams
• Improve qualities such as self-discipline, self-confidence, self-reliance and dignity of labour in
the cadets.
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Display sense of patriotism, secular values and shall be transformed into motivated youth who
will carry out nation building through national unity and social cohesion.
CO2: Demonstrate Health Exercises, the sense of discipline, improve bearing, smartness, turnout,
Course develop the quality of immediate and implicit obedience of orders.
Outcomes CO3: Basic knowledge of weapons and their use and handling.
CO4: Aware about social evils and shall inculcate sense of whistle blowing against such evils
and ways to eradicate such evils
CO5: Acquaint, expose & provide knowledge about Army/Navy/ Air force and to acquire information
about expansion of Armed Forces, service subjects and important battles
Note: Hours notified against each unit in the syllabus are only indicative but are not decisive. Faculty may decide the
number of hours for each unit depending upon the concepts and depth. Questions need not be asked based on the
number of hours notified against each unit in the syllabus.
NCC Organization & National Integration [12]
NCC Organization – History of NCC- NCC Organization- NCC Training- NCC Uniform – Promotion of NCC cadets –
Aim and advantages of NCC Training- NCC badges of Rank- Honors’ and Awards – Incentives for NCC cadets by
central and state govt.
National Integration - Unity in diversity- contribution of youth in nation building- national integration council- Images
and Slogans on National Integration.

Basic Physical Training & Drill [12]

Basic physical Training – various exercises for fitness( with Demonstration)-Food – Hygiene and Cleaniness .Drill- Words
of commands- position and commands- sizing and forming- saluting- marching- turning on the march and wheeling- saluting
on the march- side pace, pace forward and to the rear- marking time- Drill with arms- ceremonial drill- guard mounting.(
WITH DEMONSTRATION)

Weapon Training [12]

Main Parts of a Rifle- Characteristics of .303 rifle- Characteristics of .22 rifle- loading and unloading – position and holding-
safety precautions – range procedure- MPI and Elevation- Group and Snap shooting- Long/Short range firing( WITH
PRACTICE SESSION) - Characteristics of 5.56mm rifle- Characteristics of 7.62mm SLR- LMG- carbine machine gun –
pistol.

Social Awareness and Community Development [12]

Aims of Social service-Various Means and ways of social services- family planning – HIV and AIDS- Cancer its causes and
preventive measures- NGO and their activities- Drug trafficking- Rural development programmes - MGNREGA-SGSY-
JGSY-NSAP-PMGSY-Terrorism and counter terrorism- Corruption – female foeticide -dowry –child abuse-RTI Act- RTE
Act- Protection of children from sexual offences act- civic sense and responsibility

Specialized Subject (ARMY) [12]

Basic structure of Armed Forces- Military History – War heroes- battles of Indo-Pak war- Param Vir Chakra- Career in the
Defence forces- Service tests and interviews.
Total Hours: 60
Text Book(s):
1. National Cadet Corps- A Concise handbook of NCC Cadets by Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi, 2014
2. Cadets Handbook- Specialized Subjects SD/SW published by DG NCC, New Delhi ,2014
Reference(s)
1. “Cadets Handbook – Common Subjects SD/SW” by DG NCC, New Delhi,2019
2. “Cadets Handbook – Specialised Subjects SD/SW” by DG NCC, New Delhi,2017

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Course Code & POs
COs
Couse Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1 1 3

CO2 2

50 GE 002 –
National Cadet CO3 1 3
Crops- Army Wing

CO4 2

CO5 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology
(Autonomous)

Curriculum & Syllabus

of
B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
(Hons)
(For the batch admitted in 2021 – 2025)

R2018

Courses Accredited by NBA, Accredited by NAAC with A++,

Approved by AICTE, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai.

KSR Kalvi Nagar, Tiruchengode-637215.

Namakkal District, Tamil Nadu, India.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (Hons)

Curriculum and Syllabi

S.No. Course Name of the Course L T P C

Code

1. 50 EE H01 CMOS VLSI Design 3 0 0 3

2. 50 EE H02 Electric Vehicle Architecture 3 0 0 3

3. 50 EE H03 Design of Motor and Power Converters for Electric Vehicles 3 0 0 3

4. 50 EE H04 Design of Electric Vehicle Charging System 3 0 0 3

5. 50 EE H05 Embedded System Design 3 0 0 3

6. 50 EE H06 Embedded C Programming 3 0 0 3

Total 18 0 0 18

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology–AutonomousR2018
50 EE H01 - CMOS VLSI DESIGN
B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Semester Hours/Week Total Hrs Credit Maximum Marks
L T P C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To study the basics of CMOS circuits and its characteristics
• To analyze, design, optimize and simulate digital and analog circuits using CMOS logic
Objective(s) • To know the arithmetic building blocks and memory architecture
• To write the coding for different digital logic circuits using HDL
• To learn different design methodology and testability of VLSI circuits
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Describe the concepts of digital circuits using CMOS logic and layout design rules.
Course CO2:Analyse the combinational circuits using alternative CMOS logic.
Outcomes CO3:Analyse the sequential circuits using alternative CMOS logic.
CO4: Illustrate the subsystem modules for CMOS system.
CO5: Design digital logic using HDL and describe the testing techniques for VLSI
circuits.
Introduction to MOS Transistor and CMOS Circuit [12]
Issues and challenges in digital IC design, Overview of VLSI design flow, Integration density and
Moore's law, MOS transistors: Long channel I-V Characteristics, VTC parameters (DC
Characteristics), second order effects, CMOS Logic, CMOS fabrication: p-well and n-well processes,
Layout design rules.
Cir5cuit performance estimation: RC delay model, Linear delay model and Logical effort of paths,
Static power and Dynamic power.
Combinational Circuit Design [6]
Circuit families: Static CMOS, Ratioed Circuits, Cascode voltage switch logic, Dynamic circuits, Pass
transistor logic, Circuit pitfalls
Sequential Circuit Design [9]
Static latches and registers, Dynamic latches and registers, Pulse registers, Sense amplifier based
register, pipelining, Schmitt trigger, Monostable sequential circuits, Astable sequential Circuits. Timing
classification of digital system: Overview of synchronous design.
Datapath Subsystems Design [9]
Arithmetic building blocks: Data paths, Adders: Single-bit addition, Carry-propagate addition,
Multipliers: Unsigned array multiplication, Two’s complement array multiplication, Booth encoding,
Barrel shifter, Array subsystems: Array architecture of SRAM & DRAM.
Digital Design using HDL and Implementation Strategies [9]
Design Automation (EDA), Introduction to hardware modeling with the Verilog HDL. System Verilog
(SV) HDL: Modules & files-Identifiers, Spaces and comments-Basic gate models, Simple Netlist-Logic
values-Continuous assignments, Delays and parameters, Introduction to scripting language. Design
methods: FPGA, Full custom, Semicustom and platform based design, Testing and verification:
Manufacturing test principles, Design for Testability: Ad-Hoc testing, BIST.

Total Hours 45
Text book(s):
1. Neil.H.E.Weste and David Money Harris, ‘CMOS VLSI Design - A Circuits and Systems
Perspective’, 4th Edition,Pearson Education, 2017.
2. Jan M.Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje Nikolic, ‘Digital Integrated Circuits-A Design
Perspective’, 2 nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Reference(s):
1. J. P. Uyemura, ‘Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems’, John Wiley & Sons (Asia), 2002.

2. M.J. Smith, ‘Application Specific Integrated Circuits’, Addison Wesley, 2002.

3. Samir Palnitkar, ‘Verilog HDL – A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis’, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2011.

4. Mark Zwolinski, ‘Digital System Design with System Verilog’, 1st Impression, Pearson
Education, 2011.

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2

50 EE H01
CO3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
CMOS VLSI DESIGN

CO4 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College ofTechnology–AutonomousR2018
50 EE H02 - ELECTRIC VEHICLE ARCHITECTURE

B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Semester Hours/Week Total Hrs Credit Maximum Marks
L T P C CA ES Total
V 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To learn the structure of Electric Vehicle and Hybrid Electric Vehicle
• To study about the EV conversion components
Objective(s) • To know about the details and specifications for Electric Vehicles
• To understand the concepts of Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle
• To model and simulate all types of DC motors
CO1: Summarize the history and evolution of EVs, Hybrid and Plug-In Hybrid EVs
Course CO2: Describe the various EV components
Outcomes CO3: Analyse the details and specifications for the various EVs developed
CO4: Describe the hybrid vehicle control strategy
CO5: Describe the concepts related in the Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicles
UNIT I VEHICLE ARCHITECTURE AND SIZING [9]
Electric Vehicle History, and Evolution of Electric Vehicles. Series, Parallel and Series parallel
Architecture, Micro and Mild architectures. Mountain Bike - Motorcycle- Electric Cars and Heavy Duty
EVs. -Details and Specifications.
UNIT II VEHICLE MECHANICS [9]
Vehicle mechanics- Roadway fundamentals, Laws of motion, Vehicle Kinetics, Dynamics of vehicle
motion, propulsion power, velocity and acceleration, Tire –Road mechanics, Propulsion System
Design.
UNIT III POWER COMPONENTS AND BRAKES [9]
Power train Component sizing- Gears, Clutches, Differential, Transmission and Vehicle Brakes. EV
power train sizing, HEV Powertrain sizing, Example.
UNIT IV HYBRID VEHICLE CONTROL STRATEGY [9]
Vehicle supervisory control, Mode selection strategy, Modal Control strategies.

UNIT V PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE [9]

Introduction-History-Comparison with electrical and hybrid electrical vehicle-Construction and working
of PHEV-Block diagram and components-Charging mechanisms-Advantages of PHEVs.
Total Hours 45
Hands on Practice:
✓ Basics of MATLAB simulation
• Variables and Expressions Formats, Vectors and Matrices
• Arrays, Vectors
• Matrices, Built-in functions, Trigonometric functions
• Data types and Plotting
✓ Simulation of Drive cycles
Text book(s):
Mehrdad Ehsani, YiminGao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, 'Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and
1. Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design', CRC Press, 2004.

2. Advanced Electric Drive Vehicles, Ali Emadi, CRC Press, First edition 2017.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Reference(s):

1. Build Your Own Electric Vehicle,Seth Leitman , Bob Brant, McGraw Hill, Third Edition 2013.
The Electric Vehicle Conversion Handbook: How to Convert Cars, Trucks, Motorcycles, and Bicycles
2. -- Includes EV Components, Kits, and Project Vehicles Mark Warner, HP Books, 2011.

Heavy-duty Electric Vehicles from Concept to Reality, Shashank Arora, Alireza TashakoriAbkenar,
3. Shantha Gamini Jayasinghe, Kari Tammi, Elsevier Science, 2021

Electric Vehicles Modern Technologies and Trends, Nil Patel, Akash Kumar Bhoi, Sanjeevikumar
4. Padmanaban, Jens Bo Holm-Nielsen Springer, 2020

Hybrid Electric Vehicles: A Review of Existing Configurations and Thermodynamic Cycles, Rogelio
5. León , Christian Montaleza , José Luis Maldonado , Marcos Tostado-Véliz and Francisco Jurado,
Thermo, 2021, 1, 134–150. https://doi.org/10.3390/thermo1020010.

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2

50 EE H02 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2
CO3 3 3
Electric Vehicle Architecture

CO4 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology–AutonomousR2018
50 EE H03 - DESIGN OF MOTOR AND POWER CONVERTERS FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLES

B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Semester Hours/Week Total Hrs Credit Maximum Marks
L T P C CA ES Total
VI 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To review the drive cycles and requirements of EVs
• To know the working of motors used in Electric Vehicle
Objective(s) • To analyze and model the buck/boost converter operation and to design the same
• To learn the simulation basics of control systems
• To derive transfer functions for DC-DC converters
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: To learn the dynamics if electric vehicle
Course CO2: To use appropriate electric machine for electric vehicle application
Outcomes CO3: To compute transfer function with factors such as constant, integral, differential,
first order factor and second order factor (both numerators & denominators) and
from state models
CO4: To design buck, boost and buck-boost converter.
CO5: To compute a power stage transfer functions for DC-DC converters
UNIT I ELECTRIC VEHICLE DYNAMICS [9]
Standard drive cycles-Dynamics of Electric Vehicles-Tractive force-Maximum speed, torque,
power, energy requirements of EVs.
UNIT II MOTORS FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLES [9]
Introduction – Speed and Torque control of above and below rated speed-Speed control of EV in
the constant powerregion of electric motors. DC Motors, Induction Motor, Permanent Magnet
Synchronous Motors (PMSM), Brushless DC Motors, Switched Reluctance Motors (SRMs).
Synchronous Reluctance Machines-Choice of electric machines for EVs.
UNIT III BASICS OF SIMULATION IN CONTROL SYSTEMS
Transfer Function-How to build transfer function, identify Poles, zeros, draw time response plots, [9]
bode plot (Bode Plotsfor Multiplication Factors, Constant, Single and Double Integration Functions,
Single and Double Differentiation Functions, Single Pole and Single Zero Functions, RHP Pole and
RHP Zero Functions), state space modelling-transfer function from state space Model.
UNIT IV MODELING OF DC-DC CONVERTERS [9]
Overview of PWM Converter Modelling -Power Stage Modelling - PWM Block Modelling - Voltage
Feedback Circuit and Small-Signal Model of PWM Converter - Averaging Power Stage Dynamics -
Average Models for buck/boost Converter - Small-Signal Model of Converter Power Stage -
Frequency Response of Converter
UNIT V POWER STAGE TRANSFER FUNCTIONS OF DC – DC CONVERTERS [9]
Power Stage Transfer Functions of buck-boost Converter in CCM Operation, Input-to-Output
Transfer Function, Duty Ratio-to-Output Transfer Function, Load Current-to-Output Transfer
Function.
Total Hours 45
Hands on Practice:
• Simple simulation exercises of basic control systems
• Bode plots and calculation of Gain margin and Phase margin for power stage transfer function via
simulation.
• Design of buck converter
• Design of boost converter
• Simulation of buck, boost and buck boost converter-open loop (With power circuit and Transfer
function).
TOTAL: 30+30 = 60 PERIODS

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Text book(s):
1. Power Electronic Converters, Teuvo Suntio, Tuomas Messo, Joonas Puukko, First Edition 2017.

Feedback Control problems using MATLAB and the Control system tool box, Dean Frederick and
2. Joe Cho, 2000, 1st Edition, Cengage learning.

Reference(s):

3. Fundamentals of Power Electronics with MATLAB, Randall Shaffer, 2nd Edition, 2013, Lakshmi
publications

4. Handbook of Automotive Power Electronics and Motor Drives, Ali Emadi, Taylor & Francis,
2005,1st Edition.

5. Electrical Machine Fundamentals with Numerical Simulation using MATLAB/SIMULINK, Atif

Iqbal, Shaikh Moinoddin, Bhimireddy Prathap Reddy, Wiley,2021, 1st Edition.

6. Emerging Power Converters for Renewable Energy and Electric Vehicles Modeling, Design, and
Control, Md. Rabiul Islam,Md.Rakibuzzaman Shah, Mohd. Hasan Ali, CRC Press, 2021, 1 st
Edition.

7. Iqbal Hussain, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, Second Edition” CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, Third Edition 2021.

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2
50 EE H03
Design of Motor and Power CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Converters for Electric Vehicles
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology–Autonomous R2018
50 EE H04 - Design of Electric Vehicle Charging System

B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Semester Hours/Week Total Hrs Credit Maximum Marks
L T P C CA ES Total
VI 2 0 2 45 3 40 60 100
• To know the charging station and standards
• To learn the concepts of power converters in charging
Objective(s) • To find the charging scheme in renewable based EV charging
• To demonstrate the wireless power transfer technique
• To design &simulate power factor correction circuits
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Illustratevariouschargingtechniquesandtoknowchargingstandardsandregulations.
Course CO2: Demonstrate the working of DC-DC converters used for charging systems and
Outcomes principles
CO3: Illustrate the advantages of renewable system-based charging systems
CO4: Demonstrate the principles of wireless power transfer and analyze the standards for
wireless charging
CO5: To learn the concept of boost converter-based power factor correction
UNITI CHARGINGSTATIONSANDSTANDARDS [9]
Introduction - Charging technologies- Conductive charging, EV charging infrastructure, International
standards and regulations-Inductive charging, need for inductive charging
ofEV,Modesandoperatingprinciple,Staticanddynamiccharging,Bidirectionalpowerflow,Internationalstand
ardsandregulations
UNITII POWER ELECTRONICSFOR EVCHARGING [9]
LayoutsofEVBatteryChargingSystems-ACcharging-DCchargingsystems-PowerElectronicConverters for
EV Battery Charging- AC–DC converter with boost PFC circuit, with bridge and withoutbridgecircuit-
BidirectionalDC–DCConverters-Non-isolatedDC–DCbidirectionalconvertertopologies- Half-bridge
bidirectional converter.
UNITIII EVCHARGINGUSINGRENEWABLEANDSTORAGESYSTEMS
Introduction--EVchargertopologies,EVcharging/dischargingstrategies-IntegrationofEVcharging-home [9]
solar PV system , Operation modes of EVC-HSP system , Control strategy of EVC-HSP system-fast-
charging infrastructure with solar PV and energy storage.
UNITIV WIRELESS POWERTRANSFER [9]
Introduction – Inductive, Magnetic Resonance ,Capacitive types. Wireless Chargers for Electric
Vehicles - Types of Electric Vehicles - Battery Technology in EVs -Charging Modes in EVs – Benefits of
WPT. –WPT Operation Modes – Standards for EV Wireless Chargers, SAE J2954,IEC61980.
ISO19363
UNITV POWERFACTORCORRECTIONINCHARGINGSYSTEM [9]
Need for power factor correction-Boost Converter for Power Factor Correction, Sizing the Boost
Inductor, Average Currents in the Rectifier and calculation of power losses
Total Hours 45

Hands on Practice:
• Simulation and analysis for bi-directional charging V2G and G2V
• Design and demonstrate solar PV based EV charging station
• Simulate and infer wireless power charging station for EV charging
• Simulation of boost converter based power factor correction

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Text books:

1. Mobile Electric Vehicles Online Charging and Discharging, Miao Wang Ran Zhang Xuemin
(Sherman) Shen,Springer2016,1stEdition.
2. Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles, James D Halderman,Pearson,2022,1 stEdition.
Reference(s):
AliciaTriviño-Cabrera,JoséM.González-González,JoséA.Aguado,WirelessPowerTransferor
1
ElectricVehicles:FoundationsandDesignApproach,SpringerPublisher1 stEdition.2020.
Nil Patel, Akash Kumar Bhoi, Sanjeevikumar Padmanaban, Jens Bo Holm-Nielsen, Electric
2. Vehicles ModernTechnologiesandTrends.SpringerPublisher1 stEdition,2021.
Cable Based and Wireless Charging Systems for Electric Vehicles, Technology and control,
management and grid integration, Rajiv Singh, Sanjeevi kumar Padmanaban, Sanjeet Dwivedi,
3.
Marta Molinas and Frede Blaabjerg, IET2021,1 st Edition.
Handbook of Automotive Power Electronics and Motor Drives, Ali Emadi, Taylor &
4. Francis,2005.
Mobile Electric Vehicles Online Charging and Discharging, Miao Wang Ran Zhang Xuemin
5. (Sherman) Shen, Springer 2016,1stEdition.
Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Couse Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2
50 EE H04
Design of Electric Vehicle CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3
Charging System
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology–Autonomous R2018
50 EE H05 - EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Semester Hours/Week Total Hrs Credit Maximum Marks
L T P C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
To introduce the Building Blocks of an embedded System and Software Tools
• To emphasize the role of Input/output interfacing with Bus Communication protocol.
Objective(s) • To illustrate the ISR and scheduling for the multitasking process.
• To explain the basics of a Real-time operating system
• To analyze the applications based on embedded design approaches
CO1: Understand the hardware functions and software strategies required to develop various
Course Embedded systems
Outcomes CO2: Differentiate various Bus communication standards
CO3: Integrate interface as Interrupt services
CO4: Develop scheduling algorithms through a Real-time operating system
CO5: Develop various automation applications using embedded concepts
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [9]
Introduction to Embedded Systems –Structural units in Embedded processor, selection of processor &
memory devices- DMA — Memory management methods- Timer and Counting devices, Real Time
Clock, In-circuit emulator, Target Hardware Debugging.
UNIT II EMBEDDED NETWORKING [9]
Embedded Networking: Introduction, I/O Device Ports & Buses– Serial Bus communication protocols
RS232 standard – RS485 – CAN Bus- Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) – Inter Integrated Circuits (I2C).

UNIT III INTERRUPTS THE SERVICE MECHANISM AND DEVICE DRIVER [9]
Programmed-I/O busy-wait approach without interrupt service mechanism-ISR concept-interrupt
sources – multiple interrupts – context and periods for context switching, interrupt latency and deadline
– Introduction to Device Drivers
UNIT IV RTOS-BASED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN [9]
Introduction to basic concepts of RTOS- Task, process & threads, interrupt routines in RTOS,
Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Preemptive and non-preemptive scheduling, Task communication-
shared memory, message passing- Interprocess Communication- Introduction to process
synchronization using semaphores.
UNIT V EMBEDDED SYSTEM APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT [9]
Embedded Product Development Life Cycle - Case Study: Precision Agriculture- Autonomous car.

Total Hours 45
Hands on Practice:
1. Use any Embedded processor/IDE/open source platform to give hands-on training on basic concepts of
embedded system design:
a) Introduction to IDE and Programming Environment.
b) Configure timer block for signal generation (with given frequency).
c) Interrupts programming example using GPIO.
d) I2C communication with peripherals
e) Master-slave communication between processors using SPI.
f) Networking of processor using Wi-Fi.
g) Basic RTOS concept and programming
2. Embedded systems-based Mini project.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Text book(s):

1. Rajkamal, ‘Embedded system-Architecture, Programming, Design, McGraw-Hill Edu, 3rd edition 2017

2. Peckol, “Embedded system Design”, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

Reference(s):

1. Shibu. K.V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”,TataMcgraw Hill, 2nd edition 2017.

2. Lya B.Das,” Embedded Systems” ,Pearson Education, 1st edition 2012.

3. Parag H.Dave,HimanshuB.Dave,” Embedded Systems-Concepts ,Design and Programming, Pearson

Education,2015, 1st edition.

4. Elicia White, “Making Embedded systems”, O’Reilly Series, SPD, 2011, 1st edition.

5. Jonathan W. Valvano, ‘Embedded Microcomputer Systems Real-time Interfacing’, Cengage Learning,

3rd edition 2010.

6. Tammy Noergaard, “Embedded Systems Architecture”,Newnes, 2nd edition, 2013.

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Course Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2

50 EE H05
CO3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
Embedded System Design

CO4 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 2

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
 K.S.Rangasamy College of Technology–AutonomousR2018
50 EE H06 - EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING

B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Semester Hours/Week Total Hrs Credit Maximum Marks
L T P C CA ES Total
VII 3 0 0 45 3 40 60 100
• To expose the students to the fundamentals of embedded Programming
• To introduce the GNU C Programming Tool Chain
• To study the basic concepts of embedded C
Objective(s)
• To teach the basics of 8051 Programming
• To involve in familiarizing the concepts acquired for improved employability skills

CO1: Deliver insight into embedded C programming and its salient features for embedded
systems.
CO2: Illustrate the software and hardware architecture for distributed computing in embedded
Course systems
Outcomes CO3: Develop a solution for problems by using the concept learnt in programming using the
embedded controllers
CO4: Develop simple applications with 8051 by using its various features and interfacing with
various external hardware.
CO5: Improved Employability and entrepreneurship capacity due to knowledge up-gradation on
recent trends in embedded programming skills.
UNIT I BASIC C PROGRAMMING [9]
Typical C Program Development Environment - Introduction to C Programming - Structured Program
Development in C - Data Types and Operators - C Program Control - C Functions - Introduction to
Arrays.
UNIT II EMBEDDED C [9]
Adding Structure to ‘C’ Code: Object-oriented programming with C, Header files for Project and Port,
Examples. Meeting Real-time constraints: Creating hardware delays - Need for timeout mechanism -
Creating loop timeouts - Creating hardware timeouts.
UNIT III 8051 Programming in C
Data types and time delay in 8051, I/O programming in 8051, Logic operations in 8051, Data conversion [9]
program in 8051 Accessing code ROM space in 8051, Data serialization using 8051
UNIT IV 8051 SERIAL PORT AND INTERRUPT PROGRAMMING IN C [9]
Basics of serial communication, 8051 interface to RS232- serial port programming in 8051. 8051
interrupts and programming, Programming for timer configuration.

UNIT V 8051 INTERFACING [9]

8051: ADC interfacing, DAC interfacing, Sensor interfacing, LCD interfacing, Stepper motor interfacing.
Total Hours 45
Hands on Practice:
• Use 8051 microcontroller/Embedded processor/IDE/open source platform
a. Introduction to IDE (like code blocks, vscode ,etc)and Programming Environment (like Keililu vision,
Proteus)
b. Configuring an I/O port using bitwise programming.
c. Configuring timer for generating hardware delay.
d. Flashing an LED using an interrupt
e. Serial communication using UART port of 8051
f. Interfacing an ADC with 8051
g. Interfacing an analog sensor with 8051
h. Interfacing 16x2 LCD with 8051
i. configuring timer for generating PWM signal
j. Interfacing a stepper motor with 8051
2. Embedded C-Programming -based Mini project.

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024
Text book(s):

1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “C How to Program”, 9th Edition, Pearson Education Limited, 2022, 1st
edition.

2. Michael J Pont, "Embedded C", Addison-Wesley, An imprint of Pearson Education, 2002. 3. William von
Hagen, "The Definitive Guide to GCC", 2nd Edition, Apress Inc., 2006.

Reference(s):

1. Noel Kalicharan, "Learn to Program with C", Apress Inc., 2015, 1st edition.

2. Steve Oualline, "Practical C programming", O'Reilly Media, 1997, 3rd edition.

3. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice G. Mazidi and Rolin D. McKinlay, ‘The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems’ Prentice Hall, 2nd Edition 2007.

4. Myke Predko, “Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontrollers” , Mc Graww Hill 2000, 1st
edition.

Assessment Methods: Assignment, Continuous Assessment Test, Quiz, Attendance and End Semester
Exam

POs PSOs
Course Code & Course Name COs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2

CO1 1 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 1 2

CO2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 3

50 EE H06
CO3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3
Embedded C Programming

CO4 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1

CO5 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3

Rev.No. 09 / w.e.f. 03/06/2024

Passed in BoS Meeting held on 22/05/2024 BoS Chairman Signature
Approved in Academic Council Meeting held on 25/05/2024